THE

NAUTILUS

A QUARTERLY JOURNAL

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS

OF CONCHOLOGISTS

VOL. 50

JULY, 1936 to APRIL, 1937

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS

HENEY A. PILSBRY

Curator of the Department of MoUusks and Marine Invertebrates,

Academy of Natural Sciences

H. BURRINGTON BAKER

Associate Professor of Zoology, University of Pennsylvania

Philadelphia, Pa.

THE SCIENCE PRESS PBINTINO COMPANY

LANCASTER, PENNSYLVANIA

CONTENTS

Names of new genera and species in italics.

Abnormal Strombus 140

Acanthoehitona pygmaea 141

American Malaeological Union 33, 140

Amicula Gray, type of 142

Anatipopecten Hertlein 26

Anomia aculeata Miiller 102

Aplexa hypnorum pilsbryi Brooks 14

Arion circumscriptus Jolinston 100

Arkansas 143

Binney, William Greene, bibliography 98, 135

Bird transportation 31

Buccinum baeri morchianum (Fischer) 101

Bush, Dr. Katharine Jeannette 144

California 41, 46, 67, 84, 105

Claiborne Eocene types 100

Congeria leucophaeata (Con.) 143

Conodonts 101

Conus mus Hwass 103

Corbicula eowlitzensis "Weaver 23

Cratena veronica Verrill 142

Cryptochiton Middendorff, replacement 142

Cypraeidae 51, 77

Cypraea semiplota Mighels 51

Dates of The Nautilus 28

Dendopecten Hertlein 26

Diastole 70

Drymaeus multilineatus latizonatus Pilsbry 69

Fasciolaria scalarina macgintyi M. Smith 21

Florida 1, 19, 20, 29, 37, 69-72, 85, 103, 141

Fusus watermani Maxwell Smith 22

Gatliff, John Henry 28

Goniobasis columbiensis Whiteaves 82

Hawaii 77, 88

Helisoma ammon (Gould) 41

iii

IV THE NAUTILUS

Helix axia Bgt. and H. lactea (Muller) 72

Helix nemoralis Linne 15

Helminthoglypta bowersi Bryant 123

Helminthoglypta cuyamacensis Bartech 67

Hojeda inaguensis (Weinland), anatomy 70

Idaho 101

Iranian Plateau 8

Iselinochiton ophioderma Dall 86

Japan 80

Kadiak 87

Klamath County 105

Lampsilis cariosa (Say) 105

Latirus tessellatus seminolensis M. Smith 22

Ledoulxia 70

Liguus 71

Limpkin 37

Lindholm, Wilhelm A 69

Lowe, Herbert N 28, 64

Maine 142

Marginella clenchi M. Smith 22

Massachusetts 105

Melania 44

Micrarionta harperi carrizoensis Willett 123

Micrarionta harperi harperi (Bryant) 122

Micrarionta harperi orcutti (Bch.) 123

Micrarionta indioensis reniota Willett 124

Milneria kelseyi Dall 86

Naninia Sowerby 30

Nassarina (?) proctorae M. Smith 21

Nematodes and Nematomorpha 130

Neritidae, genitalia and classification 109

Neritina 44, 110

New England 95

New York 100, 143

Ohio 117

Onchidium floridanum Dall 85

Oregon 73

Oreohelix strigosa (Gould) 73

THE NAUTILUS V

Oreohelix strigosa capax Pils. & Henderson 101

Ostrea 88

Ovoviviparity 16

Oxystyla undata undata (Brug.) 19

Papiiina williamsi atalanta Clench 54

Parapholyx 30

Pecten camhodicus Hertlein 56

Pecten mandannaensis Hertlein 58

Pecten morickei Hertlein 55

Pecten natosyriacus Hertlein 58

Pecten phoeniciensis Hertlein 58

Pecten prototranqueharicus noetlingi Hertlein 54

Pecten sinomarinus Hertlein 27

Pecten (Chlamys) tauroper striata das-guptai Hertlein 55

Pecten (Chlamys) vredenburgi Hertlein 55

Pectinidae 24, 106

Pethopecten Hertlein 27

Phos thayerae Maxwell Smith 20

Physa canadensis Whiteaves 143

Poe, Edgar Allan 42

Polygyra caddoensis Archer 143

Pomacea 37

Pomatiopsis chacei Pilsbry 84

Publications received 31, 107

Pupillidae 97

Saskatchewan 113

Shimek, Bohumil 140

Simpson, Charles T 144

Solomon Islands 44

Strombus bituberculatus 140

Tertiary shells 20, 125, 143

Tethys willcoxi Heilprin 95

Trochonanina 70

Turhonilla (Pyrgiscus) delmontana Bartsch 100

Utah 13

Walker, Bryant 28, 59

Washington, Eocene 23

West Virginia 97

VI THE NAUTILUS

Willard, Miss Theodora 140

Wyoming 125

XestaAlbers 30

INDEX OF AUTHORS

Andrews, E. A 109

Archer, A. F 117, 143

Baker, Frank C 30, 113

Baker, Fred 86

Baker, H. Burrington 28, 30, 70

Bartsch, Paul 101

Berry, S. Stillman 87

Biggs, H. E. J 8

Brooks, S. T 13, 97

Chace, Elsie M 64

Chaee, E. P 105

Chitwood, B. B. & M. B 130

Clench, W. J 33, 53, 85, 105, 108, 143

Coats, Ruth E 23

Eyerdam, W. J 44

Foster, Richard W 102

Goodrich, Calvin 59, 82

Gray, Arthur F 98, 135

Gregg, Wendell 0 67

Grimfihawe, C. N 19

Harper, Francis 37

Hatai, Kotora 89

Henderson, Junius 41, 71, 72, 101

Hertleiu, Leo George 24, 54, 106

Ingram, William M 51, 77

Keen, A. Myra 42, 108

Lyman, Frank B 29, 103

McConnell, Duncan 15

McGinty, Paul L 171

McGinty, Thomas 140, 141

Merriman, Daniel 95

Nomura, Sitihei 89

Ostergaard, J. M 88

Palmer, K 100

Pilsbry, H. A 19, 28-33, 69, 84, 101, 107, 141

Rehder, Harald A 142, 143

vii

VIH THE NAUTILUS

Robertson, Imogene, C 33, 100, 140

Russell, Henry D : 142

Russell, Loris S 123

Smith, Allyn G 73

Smith, Maxwell 20

Strong, A. M 64

Van der Schalie, Henry 16, 104, 105

Yokes, H.E 46

Willett, G 101, 122

The nautilus

Vol. 50 July. 1936 No. I

A CANOE TRIP IN THE TEN THOUSAND ISLANDS

TO COLLECT LIGUUS

BY PAUL L. McGINTY

For about sixty miles along Florida's lower southwest coast

and extending for some distance inland there is a vast almost un-

explored region called the Ten Thousand Islands. The great

everglade swamp which lies just to the north drains into the

Gulf through this low area and in so doing has created the most

intricate and baffling maze of mangrove islands and waterways

imaginable. Extending to the south is Cape Sable, the most

southerly point on the Florida mainland.

To the Liguus collector the region presents many hazards. It

is only too easy to become hopelessly lost in this natural laby-

rinth. Oyster-bars lurk just beneath the surface and cannot be

seen because of the ''black-water" of the mangrove country.

Mosquitoes are so numerous that cases of death by mosquito-bite

have been recorded, while Cape Sable is reputed to be a haven

for rattlesnakes. Apparently nature has done everything in her

power to discourage the would-be collector.

After considerable planning my brother Tom and I started out

from the little town of Everglades with a heavily laden canoe.

In her we had stowed a little tent and mosquito-bar along with

food and fresh water enough to last a month, for once we were

''in" no more could be had at any price. Then, too, our little

outboard-motor needed a supply of fuel. With care, there was

room for it all, and although the canoe rode quite low in the

water she seemed very steady.

Out on Chokoloskee Bay a brisk wind was chopping things up

a bit but we made Chokoloskee Key with only a little water

splashed into the boat. After landing upon the southern shore

(1)

2 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

of the Key a search for Liguus was soon in progress. These shells

proved to be quite scarce.

The Oxystyla floridensis, giant ones lived here, were almost en-

tirely killed by the frosts of this very cold winter. They were

still fastened to the trees and in a stage of considerable putre-

faction but science must be appeased so we took them just the

same. Some of the young ones were still living and these were

left to rebuild the colony.

This Key is well covered by scattered ' ' shell-mounds. ' ' These

strange elevations are rather common throughout the region and

are believed to be the rubbish heaps of a prehistoric people who

once inhabited these islands. How they ever ate so many shell-

fish is inconceivable for some of the mounds cover acres. Some-

times they are built in long parallel rows, again they may be in a

series of individual hills. On Russel's Key we saw huge pits

formed by the mounds which may have been used to collect rain-

water. There is a mound near the northern shore of Chokoloskee

Key which must be all of fifty feet high. Believe me, that made

a lot of oyster stew! A perfunctory search disclosed no imple-

ments except the large Fasciolqria shells which had been drilled

by human hands to take a stick, thus making a sort of primitive

garden tool, I suppose.

If the reader is familiar with the mangrove tree he will appre-

ciate the fact that camping upon mangrove islands is impossible,

for the roots are actually in the water. Practically the only dry

land available for camping is that afforded by these strange piles

of refuse. Each day we studied our navigation charts and for-

mulated a schedule which would bring us to a convenient "shell-

mound" before nightfall. The larger shells under one's ground-

cloth at night seemed to have the peculiar faculty of imprinting

upon various parts of one's anatomy quite perfect replicas of

their outlines, if you know what I mean.

Since the hammock which supports a growth of either Liguus

or Oxystyla is to be found only upon these peculiar mounds we

presume that all of the tree-snails have been introduced since the

mound-builders finished their work.

Before leaving Chokoloskee Key we made the acquaintance of

a kindly old native known as ''Uncle Dick" who presented us

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 3

with a "blowing-eoneh." It was the familiar Fasciolaria gi-

gantea with the tip broken off. It is said that its booming note

can be heard for a distance of five miles on a clear day. Blown

as a bugle, the noise is terrific at close range, although the energy

needed to blow it is equally tremendous.

That night we camped upon a shell-mound about a mile up

the Turner River. It rained in the night and then turned deu-

cedly cold. Our tent kept out the mosquitoes much better than

the rain, we learned.

In the morning, after thawing out by do^vning several steam-

ing cups of coffee, we started to collect upon the nearby mound

for tree-snails. The Liguus were very large but decidedly

uncommon.

That afternoon we returned to the Bay and after considerable

difficulty succeeded in navigating the treacherous shoals and

oyster-bars which effectively block the entrance to the Lopez

River. Dry land was found about two miles up the river. No

doubt it was the only higher ground about, for the remains of an

old house were still standing, little but foundation and two cis-

terns of concrete remaining. In the larger cistern was a goodly

quantity of slimy water that reeked with the stench of two

raccoons which had in some way fallen into the water and

drowned. Built up in front of one of the cisterns was a con-

crete device bedded into the ground resembling an oblong aqua-

rium such as is sometimes seen on lawns. Roughly scratched

into the cement when still soft could be read the inscription

"Jael Lopes Born Apr. 20, 1892." No date as to death was

recorded but doubtless it is a grave. Never have I seen a lonelier

looking one. May Jael's soul rest here in peace.

We camped not far away and upon scratching under the grass

found the old familiar shells. This was a ''shell mound" which

for some reason had only been started. Nevertheless, we were

grateful to the mound-builders for it was a little higher than the

nearby mangrove swamp and quite dry. Dinner was prepared

over a hurriedly built camp fire for it is wise to seek the seclu-

sion of one 's tent and mosquito-bar before dark because the bugs

come like an invading army with the sundown.

4 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (1)

There were many strange sounds in the clear cold air of the

night. It seemed that the ever present hooting of the owls was

ghostlier than ever. Perhaps the close proximity to the lonely

grave had something to do with that.

, Upon breaking camp in the morning we continued upon our

way up the Lopez River to Cross Bay and then through to Sun-

day Bay. Near the southern end we at last saw a human being.

He was an old 'coon-hunter staying upon a tiny houseboat with

a barrel of water, almost as large as the boat, mounted in the

stern.

As we buzzed along the noise of our motor frightened countless

wild birds into flight. There were many little Florida duck along

with the slow starting herons, and numerous graceful ibis, to say

nothing of the grotesque pelican and the dainty white egret.

This country is indeed a paradise for the bird-lover.

The wind had come up in the afternoon and delayed us in

reaching a new camp site. Once in the Chatham River, we has-

tened, for dusk was almost upon us. As we rounded a bend,

there before our eyes stood a good sized frame house with cocoa-

nut palms all around it. What a start it gave us to come so

suddenly upon this unexpected sign of habitation.

We camped for the night upon dry land not far from the

house, another "shell-mound," to be sure. It is said that the

former owner of this little plantation had made a practice of

importing negro labor, which if unsatisfactory was simply done

away with. The story goes that fifteen skeletons were found

upon the premises when the law finally caught up with "Mr.

Bluebeard ' ' a few years ago.

In the morning we left the river and headed the little canoe

southward in the Gulf of Mexico. It was a bit rough but by exer-

cising care we made out all right. Since our supply of syrup for

pancakes had been depleted it was decided to inquire at the clam-

dredge working near Plover Key as to our chances of replenish-

ing the larder. This giant dredge supplies the canning-plant at

Marco. Such a terrific noise she makes while operating! By

shouting at the top of our lungs we told of our plight and one of

the men ran off to see the cook. A little later he returned with

a partly filled can of syrup which he presented to us, saying he

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 5

was sorry they couldn't spare more. No pay was acceptable, but

perhaps our appearances had something to do with that. Hug-

ging an outboard-motor day after day certainly doesn't add to

one's natty appearance. An adult and a young clam, Venus

mercenaria, were most acceptable as souvenirs and now have a

place in the McGinty collection.

Camp was established upon Highland Point, Lossman's Key,

and several days spent in searching for hammocks in the interior.

The Point, with a long sandy shore and a very gradual beach,

offered greater possibilities to the collector of marine shells. The

shallow water swarmed with molluscan life. Fine specimens of

the striking crown shell, Melongena corona, were everywhere,

while in the deeper water that giant of giants, Pasciolaria gi-

gantea, with its great blood-red foot fully extended, was search-

ing for living prey.

At night the sand-gnats came through our mosquito-bar and

forced us to cover our heads like so many turtles.

A run up the nearby Rodgers River was one of the highlights

of the expedition. It was quite narrow and very winding. The

river-bank seemed higher here and supported a growth of slender

Florida palms which added their grace to the scenery. Around

each bend birds would hurriedly take to flight and there was

constantly something new to be seen. Off to the left, after we

had gone several miles up the river, occasional glimpses of saw-

grass prairie were revealed. Here, before our eyes, was being

unfolded the real Florida wilds, unspoiled by man! From the

Rodgers River we entered Rodgers River Bay and eventually

reached the Lossmans River, then out to the Gulf again. A

glorious excursion, approximately 20 miles, all told.

Finally we were ready to start on the run for Cape Sable, some

25 miles to the southeast. Upon rounding Shark Point, just

north of Ponce de Leon Bay, the sea began to pick up. It was

just about all the canoe could stand, for going along with the

motor turning at its slowest speed we continued to ship water.

For a while we felt a bit squeamish, especially when shark fins

were lazily cutting through the water all about our boat. To

attempt to ''turn about" would surely have put us over and

since it was impossible to land because of the mangrove roots

6 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

along the shore, we had to keep going. Those sharks seemed to

be awfully patient and kept right with us, no doubt waiting for

us to turn over. This is a thrill which indeed adds to the zest of

conchology.

We eventually made the large Ponce de Leon Bay and breathed

more easily. With a pause to bail out the inch and a half or so

of water in the canoe, we ran on across the bay, keeping close in

to view the giant mangrove trees. A famous botanist stated once

in a lecture that he had travelled all over the world collecting

botanical specimens but had never seen mangrove trees of such

size as these!

At last, before our eyes stretched the sandy beach of Cape

Sable ! Those Cape Sable Liguus had waited a long time for us

to come, but now, here we were. Camp was established on Middle

Cape, for should the wind become too much for the canoe we

could walk the six miles either way to the next cape, that is,

Northwest or East Cape.

That night we must have frightened a giant panther prowling

near the tent. There was a blood-curdling scream and some large

animal bounded off into the night. In the morning we found

his tracks upon the soft sand, he surely had been a big one.

There were multitudes of other tracks, raccoons and wildcats had

been well represented.

If you have ever read Dr. Charles T. Simpson's "In Lower

Florida Wilds" and studied his chapter devoted to describing

Cape Sable you will appreciate how we felt about the rattle-

snakes of the Cape. He implies that they are the largest and

most numerous of all Florida! I confess that I trod very gin-

gerly for the next few days and constantly imagined that I

could feel those awful fangs fastening upon one of my legs.

There is only a very narrow fringe of hammock at Cape Sable

and the tree-snails were far from plentiful. After an exhaustive

search upon Middle Cape a very few of the rare Liguus crenatus

marmoratus, dark colored shells, were taken. These we especially

wanted for the collection. Along with the other forms of Liguus

found were a few very large specimens of Oxystyla floridensis.

It is interesting to note that while the Oxystyla were also taken

from East Cape, none were found at Northwest Cape.

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 7

At East Cape some very beautiful Liguus fasciatus roseatus

were taken but they were quite scarce. The mosquitoes were

terrific in the hammocks of all three capes.

At Northwest Cape we struck a pure colony of white Liguus.

This form is supposed to be Liguus crenaius capensis and one of

its distinguishing characteristics is an elongated shape. Ours

did not run very true to form and lacked the green lines usually

associated with this variety.

There is a beautiful sandy beach along Cape Sable but the

marine collecting was a bit disappointing. "Angel-wings" were

plentiful but mostly broken or otherwise imperfect.

The day we left on the home trip a large and very peculiar

fish was seen at the surface near Middle Cape. Later, we iden-

tified it to our own satisfaction as the exceedingly rare "whale-

shark, ' ' the largest known fish.

Numerous side trips were made including an unsuccessful

attempt to catch a tarpon in the Little Shark River, where it is

said they may be had at any season of the year. We went up the

Shark and Harney Rivers but found no likely places for tree-

snails. The return trip from then on was made all the way in

the Gulf of Mexico. When it became too rough to "run" we

were obliged to camp and wait for calmer weather ; fortunately

luck was with us.

Russell 's Key, about four miles southwest of the town of Ever-

glades, was visited and many Liguus fasciatus lineolatus were

observed. Never had we seen Liguus so plentiful as here. A

number of giant specimens were taken for the collection. Sand-

gnats were a pestilence at this place.

The trip was over. We had done what many had told us could

not be done. We had been deep into the Ten Thousand Island

country of Florida without any guide and had successfully navi-

gated a canoe in the open Gulf of Mexico. Our little craft had

carried us safely back after a cruise lasting slightly over three

weeks, in which we had covered some three hundred miles of

water. For years we had talked of making just such a trip, for

it is one of the few absolutely virgin regions left in the United

States today. It was our pleasure to see it before it has been

spoiled by civilization as it will probably some day be, for tarpon

8 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

bring the so-called sportsman, and he brings death and destruc-

tion to the wild life wherever he goes. Then, too, we have some

very nice specimens of shells to add to the collection, splendid

souvenirs of our trip for many years to come, and after all that

was the real reason for our adventure.

COLLECTING MOLLUSCA ON THE

IRANIAN PLATEAU

BY H. E. J. BIGGS

Little has been written on the Mollusca of the Iranian Plateau,

This was perhaps due to the inaccessibility of the interior in the

past when the only method of traveling was by caravan. Now

this is replaced by motor transport. On the other hand the old

method of traveling was good for collecting. In 1922 I made

a journey on mules from Ahwaz in the south-west, through

Isfahan and Yezd, to Kerman. In more recent years I have

traveled several times by lorry from Kerman to Isfahan, from

Kerman to Bunder Abbas and from Kerman to Bushire via Sir j an

and Shiraz. Several summer holidays have been spent in the

mountains round Kerman and Yezd and the results may be of

some interest.

Zoogeographically Iran lies within the Palaearctic Region. It

is in the center of that great belt of deserts which extend from

the Atlantic coast of Africa to the eastern side of China, and at

the point of change from the hot desert area (Sahara and Arabia)

to the temperate area (Turkestan) . It also touches the Ethiopian

Region on the south-west and the Oriental Region on the south-

east. I have collected in the Caspian province of Gilan but its

flora and fauna are distinct from those of the high arid plateau.

Jagged barren mountain ranges separated by open stony plains

covered with low scrub are the characteristic features of this area.

Villages are few and far between, sometimes nestling in a moun-

tain valley near a spring, sometimes isolated in the middle of a

plain where a qanat (underground water-course) comes to the

surface.

To the best of my knowledge the only systematic collecting

done in our area was that of Count Doria of the Italian Mission,

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 9

and the results of his work were published by Issel in 1865, "Dei

Mollusehi raecolti della Missione Italiana in Persia." (Mem.

Ace. R. Soc. Torino, Ser. 2. Tom. 23.)

My collecting may be divided into two types. Firstly, working

systematically over a small area within reach of a camp or the

town in which I have lived, and secondly, what one may call the

' ' dash and grab ' ' method used when traveling by lorry. A good

illustration of the latter occurred on the road from Bushire to

Shiraz. The strain of the ascent of the dangerous Dukhtar Pass

was too much for the lorry and the radiator boiled, throwing the

cap many yards and covering the machine with hot water. This

delayed us some time and working at high speed in a few minutes

I had turned a number of stones on the mountain side by the road

and secured two or three species of Ena new to me.

In the former class of collecting comes the work I have been

able to do round Kerman, a large town in the south, where I have

been stationed for the past four years. The town lies on the edge

of a plain near the mountains; the former is 5800 ft. and the

latter rise another 1000 or more feet. This district has yielded

several interesting species. In these mountains in March, 1932,

I discovered a small Cyclotus which Herr Hans Schlesch of

Copenhagen has described under the name higgsi. This species

will fall into the new genus Caspieyclotus, erected by Dr. Lothar

Forcart, of Basle, to accommodate C. sieversi Pfr. and C. herzi

Bttg. The active life of C. higgsi during each year must be short.

From February to March when the snows melt and lichens come

to life on these bare mountains the species is active, but for the

greater part of the year it remains firmly attached to the hip-

puritic limestone rocks sheltering from the heat of the sun in

tiny ca\aties. In these same mountains, in rock crevices which

support a scanty vegetation, Granopupa granum Drap. and

Pupilla signata Mouss. are to be found together with other

pupoid shells as yet undetermined. Further to the southeast of

Kerman near Seguch, in similar situations but under slaty rocks,

Ena oxiana Mts. var. schahrudensis Bttg. occurs in profusion.

In well-watered gardens in Kerman Helicella millepunctata

Bttg. and Vallonia adela West. var. mionecton Bttg. are abun-

dant, the former particularly so. The streams and qanats of

10 THE NAUTILUS [VoL, 50 (1)

Kerman yield many species. Melanopsis doriae Issel, with its

variety nigra Biggs, and a brown-banded variety are the com-

monest shells, followed closely by Melanoides tuherculata Miill.

Bythinella uzielliana Issel is also fairly common. Kerman is the

type locality for M. dorias and B. uzielliana as well as Theodoxus

doriae Issel. Only one Pelecypod has turned up so far, Pisidium

casertanum Poli, though Corhicula fluminalis Miill. is found in

irrigation canals at Isfahan and I cannot understand why such a

widely distributed species does not appear further south.

From Isfahan come Chondrula dayeri Pfr. and Theha latonia

Bttg., both of which have not as yet been found further south in

Iran. It seems quite unaccountable as conditions are favorable

for both species, however, further search in some of the isolated

places not yet visited may reveal them. Succinia pfeifferi Rossm.

abounds in the willow beds by the Zehdeh Rud in Isfahan and it

also occurs further north at Qohrud. Again this species has not

appeared further south but a fossil Succinea found at Bam, 123

miles southeast of Kerman may be referred to this species.

Lymnaea truncatida Miill. has been found in almost all locali-

ties where collecting has been done, high up on the side of Shir

Kuh at 10,500 ft. and in the warm palm gardens at Bam.

Southwest of Yezd and nestling in a long narrow valley lies

the straggling village of Deh Bala. Its general direction is north

and south, and the southern end lies between two great moun-

tains Shir Kuh (13,370 ft.) and Barf-Khaneh (13,180 ft.). The

sides of these mountains are scored with narrow valleys which in

summer contain a mere trickle of water, but there is sufficient

for small patches of grass to form at intervals down the valley,

while all the rest of the valley is dry. These small spongy areas

are good collecting places both for shells and beetles. Under

stones in one of these places at about 9500 ft : I found large num-

bers of Pupilla muscorum Linn, and Vitrina annidaris Stud. On

the eastern slopes of Shir Kuh at 10,500 ft. three specimens of

Pisidium cinereum Alder were found in water-logged ground, this

being the highest point in Iran where I have collected mollusks.

In a similar habitat, but down in the main valley at 9000 ft., a

few slugs lived, this and one other locality near the Pir-i-Zan

Pass west of Shiraz, were the only places where I have found

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 11

slugs. In the latter ease tliey were living under the fallen leaves

of Quercus per ska J. et S.

In May, 1935, I had occasion to travel to Bushire on the Per-

sian Gulf. Circumstances compelled me to take a very unfre-

quented road from Kerman to Sliiraz via Sirjan. Machines pass

over this road about once a month in fair weather and in the

winter not at all, and the journey is hazardous. Owing to the

lorry sinking axle-deep in the Saidabad salt marsh delaying me

six hours, much of the journey which should have been by day

had to be accomplished by night, and the whole journey was un-

productive. However, at Bushire I found one species, Jacosta

tuherculosa Conrad, in small groups firmly attached to the under-

sides of stones in the open ground between the British Residency

at Sabzabad and the beach. They were in all stages of growth.

The return journey to Kerman, which was made via Shiraz,

Isfahan and Yezd, resulted in several fresh species added to my

collection. The road from Bushire to Shiraz is, perhaps, the

most dangerous road in constant use in the world. In many

places it zigzags up the side of a mountain with no protecting

walls. Here and there are drops of many hundred feet into

ravines below. These stiff climbs, with the frequent halts to cool

the engine, are most wearisome to an ordinary passenger but

most welcome to the naturalist. At the bottom of the Dukhtar

Pass a long delay gave me the chance to collect a few dead shells

of a species new to me for Iran. Up on the pass I took Ena

(Petraeus) halepensis Pfr. and two species as yet undetermined

but very near the Palaearctic H. caperata Mont.

The road from Kerman to Bunder Abbas, the chief port on

the south coast, lies through mountain and plain. From 5800 ft.

at Kerman it rises and falls again and again till it reaches sea-

level. The only locality of interest on this long road (some 360

miles) over which I have passed many times, is Hajjiabad De-

raga. Here we are in the region of palms, and a river flows

through the village bordered with Oleander and Calotropis

procera R. Br. At intervals there are dense beds of reeds, but I

have never been fortunate enough to have a breakdown near one

of these. But at Hajjibad itself Melanoides scahra Miill. is found

at certain times plentifully, at others not at all. This species

12 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

occurs in Seistan near the Afghan border, an Iranian friend hav-

ing sent me several dead shells from that district. It does not

appear further north than Hajjiabad.

Much work remains to be done in Iran. A fairly thorough

search has been made at the places visited but the country is so

vast and so difficult of access when off the beaten track that it

may be some time before our knowledge of the geographical dis-

tribution of the species is known with any pretense at complete-

ness.

Generalization would be premature but obviously the mol-

luscan fauna of Iran is predominantly Palaearctic. Isolation

tends to cause species to vary and I have a very interesting series

of Melanopsis taken at various points on the road from Isfahan

to Kerman, all varying so much that one would be tempted to

put them into different species but for the fact that all inter-

mediate types may be found, joining the small creamy smooth

form to the large dark brown wrinkled form. Tentatively I

place all these under M. doriae Issel. A problem is presented by

the species from Aqda which conchologically appears to be near

praerosa Linn., but if the anatomy could be studied it might

prove to be a form of doriae. I doubt if typical doriae are to be

found at Aqda at all. In view of the fact that each mountain

mass has its own species of Dyonisia (Order Primulaceae) it

would not be surprising to find that amongst this long series of

sets of Melanopsis we have several different species.

Mollusca occur in most ponds and streams in Iran, but as each

habitat is surrounded by miles of howling desert there can be

little interbreeding, and when any catastrophe wipes out a

habitat all the specimens occurring there must disappear. Such

was the case in Kerman in July, 1932, when exceptionally heavy

rains fell at a time when the ground was hard from months of

drought. Floods occurred sweeping over the hard ground and

precipitating an enormous quantity of water and loose earth into

qanats completely filling them up. At Jelalabad, three miles

west of Kerman, was a qanat in which M. doriae, M. tuherculata

and Lymnaea lagotis were to be found in profusion. I visited

this qanat shortly after the flood and found it filled with sand

and quite dry. When I left Kerman in November, 1935, it had

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 13

not been repaired and numbers of dead shells could be seen in

the sand. Should this watercourse ever be opened up will it be

repopulated with these species, and whence will they come?

SOME MOLLUSCS FROM UTAH

BY S. T. BROOKS

In 1935 Mr. E. R. Eller, Assistant in the Section of Inverte-

brate Paleontology of the Carnegie Museum, spent some two

months collecting recent mollusks and invertebrate fossils in the

Uinta Basin, in and around Vernal, Uinta County, Utah. A

study of this collection revealed a species and a subspecies new

to science and added considerably to the collections of the Section

of Recent Invertebrates. I wish, therefore, to acknowledge the

efforts of Mr. Eller in behalf of this laboratory and wish to ex-

tend my appreciation to Dr. H. A. Pilsbry for his identification

of the oreohelices and to Dr. F. C. Baker for his determination

of the planorbids and lymnaeids.

1. Oreohelix strigosa depressa (Cockerell). Twelve miles

north of Wellington. A large form measuring : diameter 26, alti-

tude 14 mm. Salt Lake Meridian. Side Canyon at Dry Fork

Canyon, "under rocks in a very dry locality," Range 20 East,

Township 3 South, S. L. M. Brush Creek Canyon, R. 21 E, T.

1 S, S. L. M.

2. Oreohelix suhrudis (Pfeiffer). Grouse Creek, thirty miles

northeast of Vernal.

3. Oreohelix n. sp. This new species is in Dr. Pilsbry 's hands

for description. Hominy Creek near Whiterocks, R. 1 W, T.

2 N, Uinta Special Meridian.

4. Retinella elect rina (Gould). Two and eight-tenths miles

west of Vernal on Vernal-Lapoint Road, R. 21 E, T. 4 S, S. L. M.

Two specimens, one albinistic.

5. Euconuhis fulvus alasJcensis (Pilsbry). Same locality.

6. Eucomilus fidvns (Miiller). Same locality.

7. Vertigo elatior Sterki. Same locality.

8. Discits cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry). Same locality.

9. Siiccinea avara Say. Same locality.

14

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol.50 (1)

10. Vallonia gracilicosta Reinhardt. Same locality.

11. Gyraulus similaris (F. C. Baker). Same locality. Also

Paradise Park Pond, R. 1 E, T. 3 N, U. S. M. The whorls of this

form are raised more than in the specimens from Vernal-Lapoint

road. Altitude of this locality, 10,000 feet.

12. Helisoma subcrenatum (Carpenter). Small pond in the

Uinta Mountains along the Vernal-Manila road. Mr. Eller's

notes state that the pool was about 150 feet in diameter and with

no outlet. The shells occurred in great numbers, 'Hens of thou-

sands," in piles along the shore. The ratio of this occurrence

was H. subcrenatum, 1, to Stagnicola palustris nuttalliana (Lea) ,

7. R 22 E, T 1 S, S. L. M.

13. Stagnicola palustris nuttalliana (Lea). Collected at same

localities as 4, 11 and 12.

14. Stagnicola palustris Wyoming ensis F. C. Baker. Willows

Creek, 45 miles south of Vernal ; R. 20 E, T 11 S, S. L. M.

15. Stagnicola caperata (Say). With Su^cinea avara Say.

16. Stagnicola hulimoides techella (Haldeman). Pond seven

miles north of Farm Creek near the summit, altitude 10,000 feet.

R. 2 W, T. 4 N., U. S. M.

17. Fossaria ohrussa (Say). Same locality.

Fig. 1.

18. Aplexa hypnorum pilshryi Brooks. Fig. 1. Type locality :

Pond near Whiterocks River at Paradise Creek, Whiterocks

Canyon, near Whiterocks, Utah, R. 1 E, T. 3 S., U. S. M. The

Nautilus, Vol. 48, p. 100, 1935. Another form of this species

which differs slightly from this was found with Succinea avara,

same locality as no. 4.

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 15

NOTES ON HELIX NEMORALIS AT LEXINGTON,

VIRGINIA

BY DUNCAN McCONNELL

Washington and Lee University

Helix nemoraUs Linne was introduced at Lexington, Virginia,

in 1883 from Europe. The new colony found the residual lime-

stone soil of the region a most suitable environment and in suc-

ceeding years the colony has spread so that its present areal

extent is several square miles.

In 1930 the writer made collections at Lexington in order to

determine what changes had taken place since Jas. Lewis Howe

recorded the frequencies of the patterns in 1898. These data

have been assembled [Am. Nat., 69, 614-620, 1935], but no men-

tion was made of the association of the reddish (or pinkish)

ground color with the various patterns.

Of the three series which were examined, X was the largest

(770 specimens) and was taken near the place of introduction.

The frequency of the snails with a reddish ground in this series

was 3.9 per cent. Series Y was taken about one-half mile south

of the place of introduction and consisted of 244 specimens. The

frequency of the red shells in series Y was 7.4%. In series Z,

which was taken almost a mile southwest of the place of intro-

duction and was composed of 539 specimens, the red shells were

entirely absent.

Howe [Am. Nat., 32, 913-923, 1898] found the variety rulella

(pink ground) associated chiefly with pattern 00300. Among

the 1552 specimens examined in 1930, the association was : 00000,

22 specimens, 6 of which were in series X and 16 in Y ; 00300, 18,

17 in X and one in Y; 12345, 4, all in X; and one each for pat-

terns 123(45), in X; ^23(45), in Z; O23OO, in X and 003(45),

inF.

The red (or pink) ground is more frequent among the three

least intricate patterns, but this is not surprising since the fre-

quencies of these patterns, regardless of ground color was :

Band pattern 00000 00300 12345

Series X 19.7% 21.1 17.5

Series Y 47.9 1.2 16.0

Series Z 39.7 1.5 24.0

16 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

An observation most difficult to interpret is the absence of the

red ground in series Z.

OVOVIVIPARITY AMONG MOLLUSKS

BY HENRY VAN DER SCHALIE

While working with a series of fresh-water shells from the De-

partment of Peten in Guatemala it was found that two of the

species, both new to science, namely, Somatogyrus clenchi and

Cochliopa francesca, were ovoviviparous. This was particularly

striking since, so far as could be determined, this phenomenon

has never before been reported for any of the species belonging

to the genus Cochliopa, and it is only the second time it has been

found among species belonging to the genus Somatogyrus.^ In

checking through the literature it soon became obvious that,

though there are a number of scattered records noting the occur-

rence of ovoviviparity, there are relatively few publications

which deal with the subject in anything but a cursory w^ay. Con-

sequently, an attempt will be made to tabulate briefly such scat-

tered information as was available in the hope that gradually we

might arrive at a better understanding of the occurrence and

probable significance of this phenomenon among the mollusks.

The lack of uniformity in the use of the terms oviparous, ovo-

viviparous, and viviparous is a matter of immediate concern.

The confusion is somewhat justified since in nature we do not

have a sharp separation between some of these processes, and

there are cases where it would be difficult to apply any one of

them consistently. Though in most instances what is meant is

obvious, even when the terms are technically misapplied, it would

be well if we first define these terms :

Oviparous : It is proposed that this term be applied to all cases

where the eggs are extruded, whether they are fertilized exter-

nally or internally.

Ovoviviparous: This is to be applied to any group which

hatches its young from the egg before expelling it. This term

should obviously be applied in many instances where viviparous

is used.

1 Walker (1904, p. 140) found Somatogyrus georgianus to be ovoviviparus.

July, 1936] the nautilus 17

Viviparous: Though this term is almost universally used in

eases where ovoviviparous is implied, it should obviously not be

used where it applies to groups of the Mollusca. Its use should

be restricted to cases (such as among the mammals) where there

is a placental or immediate connection between the parent and

its offspring.

Of the above three methods of reproduction, only the first two

are found among the Mollusca. "While most of the groups are

oviparous, a surprisingly large number, representing a wide

diversity of groups, are ovoviviparous. The Rev. A. H. Cooke

(1895, p. 123) has listed a number of species which clearly show

how unrestricted this phenomenon is. While it is true that whole

groups, such as the Viviparidae, tend to be ovoviviparous, the

following table will indicate how widespread this type of repro-

duction really is.

As to the significance of ovoviviparity among the Mollusca

there has thus far been little more than conjecture. The general

consensus of opinion, however, would indicate that in some in-

stances, at least, the phenomenon represents an adjustment on

the part of the organism to unfavorable environmental condi-

tions, and that it consequently is decidedly advantageous to the

species in terms of survival. In this connection, Taylor (1894-

1900, p. 382) writes, "Certain groups, probably owing to special

dangers to their offspring, have acquired the habit of retaining

the ova within the body until the hatching has taken place, as in

Vivipara, Anodonta, and certain species of Pupa, Clausilia,

Helix, etc., the young being nourished by the secretions of the

brood pouch, wdthin which they may remain, as in the Sphaeri-

idae, until they are fully one-third the size of the parent shell."

Another interesting observation has been recorded by Pilsbry

and Bequaert (1927, p. 252), "L. Raymond^ apparently first ob-

served that Melanoides tubercidata is viviparous. He stated that

the young, newly laid snails spend the night inside the shell of

the mother snail within a pouch of the neck of the animal. ..."

Finally, Otto and Tonniges (1905, p. 415) in their study of the

development of Palndina vivipara point out, in discussing the

2 Raymond, L. 1852. Eecherches anatomo-physiologiques sur les mol-

lusques de I'Algerie, Journ. de Conchyl., Ill, pp. 325-329.

18 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

young in the uterus in August, that "those forms farthest devel-

oped are extruded, while those remaining winter over in the

uterus. This maintenance of the young in the body of the mother

is an advantageous adjustment, which protects the embryos

against injuries, such as drying, and consequently promotes geo-

graphic distribution." Van Cleave and Lederer (1932, p. 509),

working with Viviparus contectoides, essentially substantiate

what Otto and Tonniges have reported regarding the wintering-

over of certain young in the uterus of the parent.

A few of the genera and species ascertained to be ovoviparous

are listed here, from a superficial glance through the literature.

Land snails

Cepolidae: Oreohelix (of the typical group). Sagdidae:

"Microphysa vortex."

Clausiliidae : Balea; Clausilia ventricosa. Subulinidae : Ole-

liscus ; Caeliaxis. Achatinidae : Limicolaria smithi, Achatina

crawfordi. Valloniidae : Zoogenetes harpa, Pyramidula rupes-

tris. Vertiginidae : Pupilla muscorum, Lauria cylindracea.

Paryphantidae : Rhytida inaequalis.

Freshwater mollusks

Melaniidae: Melanoides lateritia, M. riquetii, M. tuberculata;

Hemisinus. Viviparidae, all genera. Hydrobiidae : Somato-

gyrus clenchi, 8. georgianus; Cochliopa francesae. Naiades.

Sphaeriidae.

Marine mollusks

Volutidae : Cynihium. Littorinidae : Littorina littoralis. Tur-

ritellidae : Turrit ella cumherlandia, T. indent a.

Bibliography

1899. Burns, F. Viviparous Miocene Turritellidae. Nautilus,

13: 68-69.

1897. Clapp, George H. General Notes. Nautilus, 11 : 69.

1915. Clapp, W. F. Viviparous Urocoptidae. Nautilus, 28 : 132.

1895. Cooke, Rev. A. H. Molluscs. Cambridge Natural His-

tory, V. 3 : 123.

1891. Craven, A. E., and E. A. Smith. Notes on the Viviparous

Nature of Balea. J. de Conch., VI : 421^22.

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 19

1936. Goodrich, Calvin. Notes on Philippine Freshwater Mol-

lusks. Nautilus, 49 : 73-79.

1905. Otto, H., and C. Tonniges. Untersuchungen uber die

Entwieklung von Paludina vivipara. Zeitschr, Wiss.

Zool., LXXX : 414.

1927. Pilsbry, H. A., and J. Bequaert. The Aquatic Mollusks

of the Belgian Congo. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., v.

43: 69-602.

1912. Robson, G. C. On a Case of Presumed Viviparity in

Limicolaria. Proc. Mai. Soc, London, 10 : 32-33.

189-1-1900. Taylor, J. W. Monograph of the Land and Fresh-

water Mollusca of the British Isles, p. 382.

1929-1935. Thiele, Johannes. Handbuch der Systematischen

Weichtierkunde.

1932. Van Cleave, H. J., and L. G. Lederer. Studies of the Life

Cycle of the Snail, Viviparus contectoides.

1904. Walker, Bryant. New Species of Somatogyrus. Nautilus,

17: 139-140.

OXYSTYLA UNDATA UNDATA IN FLORIDA

BY H. A. PILSBEY AND C. N. GRIMSHAWE

This genus of tree snails has up to this time been known in

Florida by two species, Oxystyla undata reses (Say) and 0.

floridensis (Pils.). The first was described by Thomas Say from

a specimen presented by "Mr. Elliott of Charleston" who stated

that * ' it inhabits trees on the south part of Florida. " It is now

known from the larger keys of the lower group : Key West, Stock

Island, Sugar Loaf, Boca Chica, Big Pine, Little Pine, Grassy

Key, but we have not seen it from the intervening Key Vaca. In

1907 the senior author collected the largest specimen yet re-

corded, 61.5 mm. long, on Boca Chica Key. It is commonly

about 45 to 52 mm. long.

In November, 1934, one of us (C. N. Grimshawe), found a

colony of Oxystyla in hardwood hammocks quite a distance in-

land on Key Vaca. They were recognized as a new form, differ-

ing from reses, the ordinary form of the Keys. A series of these

shells sent the senior author for examination confirms this con-

clusion, but a comparison with 0. undata undata (Brug.) from

Trinidad and from the Bahamas (New Providence and Andros),

20 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

shows that these Key Vaca shells are exactly like the typical form

of undata. 0. undata undata (Brug.) is therefore to be added

to the United States fauna. 0. undata undata was also collected

on Sugarloaf Island of the lower chain near Pirates Cove station,

one specimen 66.8 mm. long. This shell is exactly like the form

undata taken on Key Vaca.

The shell is similar to 0. ii. reses but the marking is bolder,

the stripes wider, part of them forked below the suture. The

stripes are of a blackish brown color under a faintly bluish

"bloom." The parietal callus is rich chestnut colored; the apex

is marked with a spiral spot of the same color. The length is

about 54 mm., diam. 32 mm.

NEW TERTIARY SHELLS FROM FLORIDA

BY MAXWELL SMITH

(Continued from Vol. 49, p. 139)

Pisania (Tritonidea) lymani M. Smith, Vol. 49, p. 138.

The holotype only, a slightly immature specimen, has so far

been obtained and is in the writer's collection. Clewiston,

Florida.

Pisania auritula Lam. also occurs, rarely, in the same beds.

(PI. 9, fig. 17). It is a little stouter shell with a larger aperture,

the transverse ribs much stronger and farther apart, the spiral

threads much more numerous and closer together.

Phos thayerae n. sp. Shell long, narrow, whorls about 10, in-

eluding 4 of the nucleus which is smooth ; on the spire 6 primary

spiral threads with finer threads between, arranged in pairs or

singly; about 15 primary threads on the final whorl, irregularly

placed, finer spirals between these above periphery and adjacent

to the short canal; about 10 rounded transverse ribs upon last

whorl with about 5 additional finer and closely placed ones ad-

jacent to outer lip ; interior of lip strongly lirate and thickened ;

suture well impressed. Length 20 mm., aperture 8 mm. PI.

9, fig. 7.

This handsome little shell recalls Phos parvus C. B. Adams.

It is much more slender, the aperture relatively shorter, the

Note — opiate 9, referred to below, will be found in the preceding number

of Nautilus.

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 21

•whorls more rounded and with a tendency toward development

of a shoulder. Dall described, in the Wagner Transactions, from

fragmentary specimens a Phos from the Miocene of Ballast

Point, Tampa Bay, which certainly is not the present species.

The first whorl of the nucleus is absent from the holotype in

the writer's collection. Clewiston, Florida. Named in honor of

Mrs. Edith Thayer.

Nassarina (?) proctorae n. sp. Shell small, whorls about 9,

including the 3 nuclear; first nuclear whorls smooth, the third

moderately rounded and slightly sculptured; peripheral inden-

tation corresponding in size to that of the suture ; about 6 spiral

indistinct raised ridges which are almost obsolete between the

nodules which, at their intersection, form the stronger transverse

ridges. There are numerous very fine and closely placed spiral

lines upon almost the entire surface; columella with a half cir-

cular indentation, slightly oblique below; canal wide. Length

10 mm. PI. 9, fig. 14. Clewiston, Florida.

A puzzling little shell. All of the seven specimens taken are

not quite mature and adults may show the marginal teeth which

characterize N. glypta Bush. It appears advisable to describe

the present shell and determine its position later. Named after

Mrs. Beatrice Proctor.

Fasciolaria scalarina macgintyi n. subsp. Shell large, sutures

distinctly impressed, spiral ribs broad, flattened on top, the inter-

spaces mostly slightly wider, 25 of these ribs upon body whorl,

axial rounded ribs very indistinct and almost absent on final

whorl; canal short; interior of peristome separated and project-

ing from wall of shell; indentation indicating position of um-

bilical region ; folds on columella irregularly placed ; short raised

lines both above and below upon the parietal surfaces.

It differs from F. scalarina Heilprin by possessing much wider

and flatter spiral ribs, the absence of strong vertical rounded

ribs, the shorter canal and different inner wall of aperture.

Length (estimated) 165 mm. PL 9, fig. 9.

Only the holotype was secured and is in the writer's collection.

Named after Thomas McGinty. Clewiston, Florida,

22 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

Latirus tessellatiis seminolensis n. subsp. Shell elongated,

slender, spire somewhat longer than aperture ; about 18 primary-

spiral threads and 3 lesser ones; below the sutures short, sharp,

close-set transverse threads which are most prominent near the

outer lip and become invisible upon early whorls ; 7 transverse

rounded ribs ; outer lip crenulate by terminations of spiral sculp-

ture, lirate within ; canal short, narrow, oblique.

Differs from L. tessellatus in the fewer spiral threads and

transverse ribs, also the shorter canal. Length 30 mm. PL 9,

%. 2.

Holotype in the writer's collection. Clewiston, Florida.

Fusus watermani n. sp. Shell narrow, sutures deeply im-

pressed and with a tendency toward crenulation or puckering

caused by the termination of the axial rounded ribs which, in

turn, are most prominent upon the spire; about 8 of the undu-

lating ribs upon each of the earlier whorls; body whorl with

about 18 spiral somewhat shining ribs, some with a pair of in-

cised lines between, especially above and adjacent to the periph-

ery, the spiral ribs strongly marked inside aperture ; canal long

and slightly sinuous. Length 50 mm. PI. 9, fig. 16. Clewiston,

Florida.

This very elegant shell is totally different from any of the

recent or tertiary species. It is an unusually narrow shell ; also

easily separated on account of the body-whorl contour. Named

in honor of Dr. George A. Waterman whose contributions to our

knowledge of Maine and Florida mollusks are deeply appreciated.

Marginella clenchi n. sp. Shell narrow, strong, spire well pro-

duced ; whorls 4-5 ; suture fairly distinct ; outer lip well thick-

ened, the thickening widest opposite the point where sides of

aperture most closely approximate, roughly one-half length of

shell; 3 strong columellar plaits. Length 12 mm., aperture 8.5

mm. Holotype in the writer's collection. PI. 9, fig. 12.

Specimens in the National Museum, from Shell Creek, are

labelled ''new species" possibly in handwriting of Dall.

Associated with this species is the name of Dr. William J.

Clench, of Harvard University. Clewiston, Florida.

July, 1936]

THE NAUTILUS

23

CORBICULA COWLITZENSIS WEAVER

BY RUTH E. COATS

University of Washington

lu a publication by C. E. Weaver entitled "Tertiary Paleon-

tology of Western Washington" (Wash. Geol. Sur. Bull. No. 15,

1912, pp. 32, 33, pi. 14, fig. 117 & 119, pi. 15, fig. 131, 132, 135),

there are described two new species of Corhicula from the Cow-

litz Eocene of Washington from Coal Creek, Cowlitz County at

U.W. Locality 8. The two new species were differentiated

mainly by the variations in the shape of the shell and in the

situation of the umbones. Concerning Corhicula cowlitzensis,

Weaver states "Shell subtriangular in outline, nearly one-fourth

longer than high ; beaks prominent, elevated and situated about

two-fifths the length of the shell from the anterior end." Con-

cerning Corhicula eufalensis, he states "Shell sub-circular, about

one-fifth longer than high and very thick ; beaks very prominent

and situated nearly central, sometimes anterior to the center."

As evidence that these so-called new species are probably the

same species, the accompanying graphs are submitted. The

Height-LerT^h Ratio

Angles in Degrees

24 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

shells for the height-length ratios were measured with compara-

tive accuracy with a micrometer. The graph is plotted against

the frequency in per cent of the total number of specimens

(132). The greater number of specimens indicate relatively

higher shells, with the highest number having a ratio of 0.83.

The slight variation in outline, which might not be shown by the

dimensions, can not be shown well by a graph. However this

was observed to have a corresponding distribution and would

doubtless fit the same sort of curve.

For the second graph the angle of the umbone was measured

by a protractor. Its measurement may be illustrated as follows ;

Suppose an angle be drawn, the apex touching the umbone, with

the legs tangential to the most anterior and posterior extremities

of the shell. Errors due to equipment or personal judgment do

not exceed four degrees, and since they are not constant they

may be ignored. The percentages represented in the graph

reach the highest at 91 and 95.

These two graphs show that there is a great variation in the

shape of the shell and in the position of the umbones; therefore

it is suggested that the species C. eufalensis be combined with

the species C. cowlitzensis, and that the Corbiculas from the type

locality henceforth be called C. cowlitzensis. If these species

were ever to be distinguished again, it would have to be under

some characteristic other than that of shape and position of the

umbone.

THREE NEW SECTIONS AND RECTIFICATIONS OF

SOME SPECIFIC NAMES IN THE

PECTINIDAE

BY LEO GEORGE HEETLEIN

During studies of the genera and species of the recent and

fossil Pectinidae, it was noticed that several species were in need

of rectification of their nomenclature. Three new sections are

also proposed.

SwiFTOPECTEN Hcrtleiu

Swiftopecten Hertlein, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., Ser. 4, Vol. 21,

no. 25, 1935, p. 319. Type: Pecten swiftii Bernardi, Journ. de

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 25

Conchyl.. Vol. 7, 1858, p. 90, pi. 1, fig. 1; pi. 2, fig. 1. "Hab. la

baie Nicholas, dans la Manche de Tartarie."

This section was proposed to include the well known Pecten

swiftii group, Pliocene to Kecent in Japan, and P. parmeleei and

related forms in the Pliocene of California.

If Matsumoto^ is correct in supposing that P. natoriensis is

the ancestral form of P. cosihensis Yokoyama, then this group is

apparently not closely related to the P. pes-felis group which

occurs from Miocene to Recent in the Mediterranean region, and

which belongs to the section Manupecten Monterosato.^ That

sectional name appears to antedate Felipes (Locard) Carus^ by

a few months.

Mr. Thomas Cowles, formerly librarian of the California

Academj' of Sciences, has kindly taken the trouble to write Mr.

A. C. Townsend, librarian of the British Museum, regarding the

date of issue of this work. Mr. Townsend in a letter dated

September 10, 1932, stated ... "I find that the date on the

original wrapper, which we have preserved, of Vol. 2, Pars 1,

Brachiostoma. Mollusca, pp. 1-272, is 1889 [this pagination is

written in in manuscript on the wrapper]. A stamp at the top

of the wrapper states that the part was received in the Library

of this Museum on the 19th December, 1880, so it was probably

issued either at the end of November or early in December."

"Pecten pes felis Lam." occurs in the faunal list followed by

parentheses containing the names of species which were appar-

ently considered to be synonyms. These were " (Ostrea pes-felis

L., P. elongatus Born, 0. corallina Poli, P. Bornii Payr.),"

"(Var. alipus De Greg., Sicilia)." — Dall, Trans. "Wagner Free

Inst. Sci., Vol. 3, pt. 4, 1898, p. 696-697. Felipes cited "with

P. pesfelis L. as the type."

Pecten swifti has been referred to the section Pallium by some

authors, but it has been pointed out by Cox and others that

1 Sci. E«pt. Tohoku Imp. Univ. Sendai, Japan, Ser. 2 (Geol.), Vol. 13, no.

3, 1930, p. 104, pi. 40, figs. 10 and 11.

2 Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 29, no. 1, January, 1889, p. 21. Species included

in original list: P. pes-felis, P. radula, P. tigris, P. fulvicostatus. — Monte-

rosato, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 47, no. 3, 1899, p. 190. ' ' Type : P. pes-felis,

auct."

3 Prod. Faunae Mediterr., Bd. 2, 1889, p. 71.

26 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

Pallium Schumacher with the type Pecten plica Linnaeus, can

not be used due to the earlier Pallium Schroter (Archiv. fiir

Zoologie und Zootomie, Bd. 3, 1802, p. 135). If Pallium of

Martini is not accepted, then Decadopecten Riippell in Sowerby,*

can be used for the section which has Pecten plica as type.

Anatipopecten, new section

A group somewhat similar in form to Manupecten and Swifto-

pecten but which occurs in the Tertiary of eastern North Amer-

ica can be placed in a new section Anatipopecten, with Pecten

anatipes Morton^ as type.

Dendopecten, new section

Type, Pecten dendyi Hutton, Trans. New Zealand Inst., Vol.

34, 1902, p. 196, pi. 8. "In a calcareous sandstone, Chatham

Island." — Marwick, Trans. New Zealand Inst., Vol. 58, 1928, p.

458, fig. 29. "Momoe-a-toa.

>>

This section is present in the New Zealand later Tertiary and

is known in beds of Miocene or possibly upper Oligocene age.

P. durnetti Zittel, appears to belong to this group as well as the

Eecent P. convexus Quoy and Gaimard. These forms do not

appear to be closely related to the Mediterranean P. pes-felis

group which belongs to the section Manupecten Monterosato.

The New Zealand group bears some resemblance to Peplum

Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Dollfuss^ and to Flexopecten Sacco.''

For convenience the New Zealand group is placed in the separate

section Dendopecten.

4 Decadopecten Riippell in G. B. Sowerby, Conch. Manual, 1839, pp. 37, 78,

121, fig. 172. Type by monotypy, Pecten plica Linnaeus. This was spelled

Decatopecten in the original, but in later editions of Sowerby 's manual it was

spelled Decadopecten. Sherborn indicated that the original spelling was

" [err. typ. pro Decado-]." Dentipecten Riippell in J. E. Gray (Proc. Zool.

Soc. London, 1847, p. 200. Type by monotypy, Pecten plica Linnaeus) is an

exact synonym of Decadopecten.

5 Pecten anatipes Morton, Amer. Jour. Sci., Vol. 23, no. 2, 1833, p. 293, pi.

5, fig. 4. "From the overlying limestone of Claiborne, Alabama." — Cook &

Mossom, 20th Ann. Rept Florida Geol. Surv., for 1927-1928 [issued 1929],

p. 69, pi. 7, fig. 2. Glendon Limestone, Holmes County, Florida. Oligocene.

6 Moll. Marine du Rousillon, Vol. 2, 1889, p. 67. "Type: P. clavatus

Poll." As pointed out by Harris (Bull. Amer. Paleo., Vol. 6 (Bull. 31),

1919, p. 25), Pecten pulchricostus Aldrich & Meyer from the Eocene of

Mississippi is quite similar to the recent Pecten clavatus Poll from the

Mediterranean.

7 Moll. Terz. Piemonte y Liguria, Pt. 24, 1897, p. 39. " (tipo F. flexuosus

(Poll))."

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 27

Pethopecten, new section

Type, Feet en (Chlamys) Szeremensis Petho, Foldtany Intczet

kiallitasi tarp:yi etc. (expositio millenaris Hungaricae), 1896, no.

55, p. 32.— Petho, Palaeontographica, Bd. 52, 1906, p. 208, pi.

15, figs. 2, 3, 3a, 3b. Cerevic, Hungary. Senonien of the Peter-

wardeiner Gebirges.

This group is typified by P. szeremensis Petho, which has a

very short hinge in proportion to the height and length of the

shell, a rather sharp apical angle and a somewhat oblique form.

The type has about eight to ten ribs, and on these, a number of

projecting scaly spines appear in the earlier stages of the shell.

Apparently P. krenneri Petho also belongs to this section.

Pecten sinomarinus, new name

Pecten ambiguus Bavay, Journ. de Conchyl., Vol. 52, no. 3,

October, 1904, p. 198, pi. 6, figs. 15 and 16. "mare sinense

boreale." Recent. Not Pecten ambiguus Miinster, in Goldfuss,

Petref. Germaniae, Th. 2 (4), 1833, p. 46, Tab. 90, figs. 5a, b.

"Findet sich im unteren Oolith bei Grafenberg im Baireuthi-

schen." [Jurassic] ; not p. 64, Tab. 96, figs. 2a, b, c. "bei

Biinde." [Oligocene.]

The specific name ambiguus was applied to a species of Pecten

from Jurassic beds, and on another page to an Oligocene species

in Germany by Miinster whose use of the name is much earlier

than that of Bavay. Miinster 's species is usually classified under

the subgenus Chlamys and in that case Bavay 's use of ambiguus

is untenable. The name sinomarinus is here proposed for the

Chinese species. As indicated by Bavay, the species appears to

belong to the group which includes Pecten hirasei Bavay, P.

singaporinus Sowerby and P. tranquebaricus Gmelin.

{To he concluded)

28 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

BRYANT WALKER, 1856-1936

We are grieved to announce the death in May after a pro-

longed illness, of a life-long friend and a frequent contributor

to the pages of this journal. A biographic sketch will appear

later.— H. A. P. and H. B. B.

JOHN HENRY GATLIFF

In the death of John Henry Gatliff on September 14, 1935, at

the age of 87 years, Australia has lost a veteran conchologist,

author of numerous papers on Victorian moUusks, and affection-

ately known in Australia as the ' ' father of Victorian conchology. ' '

Many of his papers were published in collaboration with C. J.

Gabriel. The Catalogue of Marine Shells of Victoria (Proc.

Koyal Soc. S. Australia) by Pritchard and Gatliff is a standard

work on this fauna. His first paper was published in 1887.

When in Melbourne in 1923 the writer had the great pleasure of

visiting Mr. Gatliff in his home where, surrounded by books and

specimens, he was a most likeable and generous host. He pos-

sessed a collection of more than 7000 species. The Victorian

shells, which alone could be gone over in two evenings, are re-

markable for beauty and perfection of the specimens. He was

recently appointed Honorary Conchologist to the Natural Mu-

seum, Melbourne. A portrait may be found in the Victorian

Naturalist for October. — H. A. P.

HERBERT N. LOWE

West Coast conchologists, and all of us who enjoyed his friend-

ship, have suffered a severe loss in the death of Mr. Lowe, June

10th. An account of his life and scientific work will appear later.

— H. A. P.

NOTES AND NEWS

Exact Dates of the Nautilus. — Volume 49 (1) : pp. 1-36,

pis. 1, 2, was mailed July 22, 1935; (2) : 37-70, pis. 3, 4, Nov. 8,

1935; (3) : 71-106, pis. 5-7, Jan. 30, 1936; (4) : 107-142 (+vii),

pis. 8, 9, May 1, 1936.— H. B. B.

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 29

Melongena corona (Gmel.) has been taken by Mr. J. H. Beal

in Santa Rosa Sound about a mile from the U. S. Quarantine

Station on Santa Rosa Island, western Florida. The specimens

sent are the tj^pical form of the species, like pi. 12, fig. 4, Nauti-

lus, Vol. 47, 1934. This is further north and west than any

specimens or records I had seen. — H. A. P.

"It Was a Great Day." — During the winter of 1934-5 a

local boy brought me a very beautiful paper-thin shell the size

of a small hen egg. It was the most fragile and beautifully

striped shell I had seen up to that time. It had been found on

the beach of Lantana, Florida, and was quite fresh, and it now

rests in the collection of our best customer-friend at Palm Beach,

near its lifetime home. Knowing it to be an unusual find for

this locality, we three Lymans — Frank, Vera and Jack — made

it a point to impress the appearance of this shell on our minds,

so that we might focus our vision for finding the living speci-

mens which we knew must be here. It was only natural that, on

that long-remembered day, June 1st, 1935, we should say "let's

find a living Hydatina physis." Of course we did not believe

we could; so imagine, you old timers, how we pranced around

when Mrs. Lyman found, not one, but two living specimens in

a small hole surrounded by about 6 inches of water and "turtle

grass" on the bar at our famous "Treasure Island" (in Lake

"Worth). All the specimens found were nested and hidden in

small holes about 6 feet in diameter, full of water and turtle

grass, the w^ater around them about 6 inches deep. Turtle grass

is the name given to a greenish-brown grass abundant on the

sandy mud bottom of Lake Worth, so called because the sea

turtles are said to eat it; the sea cows (manatees) also find it a

choice food. The color of the Hydatina physis blends well with

it. Were it not for the truly marvelous patterns of the animal

in and enveloping the shell there could be no more perfect

camouflage. Finding the hydatinas in such shallow water we

were led to believe that they came in on warm days to breed.

After a somewhat diligent search one other Hydatina was

found. In all, during the whole summer, six good specimens

were taken. June 1st, 1935, was one thrill after another. The

30 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

sun was hot. The bar was out, the tide being extremely low.

Imagine us finding in Florida, hydatinas, xenophoras, arehitec-

tonicas, the most vividly colored specimens of Cardium serratum

ever beheld, Astrea longispina and many other good shells, all

living. It was a great day ! — Frank B. Lyman.

Xesta and Naninia. — Xesta Albers [1850, Die Heliceen: 58;

Albers-Martens, 1860, ed. 2: 50 ("Typus: N. stuartiae Sow. —

N. eitrina Linn.")] has as type by subsequent designation of

Kobelt [1880, 111. Conch.: 215], Nanina stuartiae = Helix

stuartiae ''Sow." Pfr. [1845, Zeitschr. Malak. 2: 154] from

Celebes. Unless an earlier type designation than that of Kobelt

can be found, Xesta seems to be attached to a species of which

the animal is unknown but which has a shell very much like

Asperitas Gude [1911, Proc. Malac. Soc. London 9: 273], with

type, by original designation, Xestina rugosissima Mlldff., from

Eoma, Malay Peninsula. In any case, the correct generic name

for Xesta as generally used, i.e., with type by subsequent desig-

nation of Fischer [1883, Man. Conch.: 461], Ariophanta eitrina

Linne [= Helix eitrina L., 1758, Syst. Nat. X : 771, from Ambo-

ina], is Naninia ''Gray" Sowerby [1842, Conch. Man., ed. 2:

198, 302], an emendation for and thus taking the type of Nanina

Gray [1834, Proc. Zool, Soc. London: 58], type by subsequent

designation of Herrmannsen [1847, Ind. Malac. II: 92], Helix

eitrina L. Nanina Gray is preoccupied by Nanina Risso

(1826). — H. Burrington Baker.

The Relationship of Parapholyx. — In 1870, Dall published

a paper on Pompholyx (Parapholyx) and gave figures of \i& anat-

omy (Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., IX, p. 335). These figures

and the description were quite inadequate, but between that

time and the present no additional figures have been published.

Recently Parapholyx effusa has been dissected and its anatomy

studied. It is related to Helisoma and a member of the sub-

family Helisomatinae. There is a distinct penial gland and a

short external duct. The musculature of the penial complex

resembles that of Carinifex, and there is much in common be-

tween the two genera. The gland and duct are different from

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 31

these organs in Hclisoma and there are differences in the pros-

tate and ovotestis. Parapholyx stands as a valid genus related

to both Carinifex and Helisoma but differing from both. Of

course, these facts invalidate the old subfamily Pompholiginae

of Dall and this group must necessarily be eliminated from

Planorbid nomenclature. Specimens of P. effusa effusa (Lea)

from outlet of Upper Klamath Lake, Oregon, and P. effusa

diagonalis Henderson from Crater Lake, Oregon, both species

collected by Professor Junius Henderson, have been examined. —

Frank C. Baker.

SucciNEA Carried by a Bird. — For ten days in the beginning of

February, the Museum had a collecting party of four in the field

under the leadership of L. M. Huey, Curator of Birds and Mam-

mals on the Museum staff. The base camp was established ten

miles south of Gila Bend, Arizona, in a desert region that has

hitherto received but little attention from naturalists. A unique

capture was that of a tiny fresh-water mollusk, Siiccinea, found

"hitch-hiking" in the back feathers of a Western Vesper Spar-

row. We are all aware that birds are the medium of transplant-

ing seeds ; but here seemed to be evidence of possible avian trans-

plantation of a living organism — the first encountered by Huey

in his 25 years of field experience. — (The Natural History

Museum Bulletin, Balboa Park, San Diego, Cal., No. 112, March,

1936).

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Fossil Non-marine Mollusca of North America. By Junius

Henderson. Geological Society of America, Special Paper Num-

ber 3, 1935. 313 pp. Malacologists and paleontologists have

long needed a catalogue of fossil land and fresh-water mollusks, as

there has been no resume of the widely scattered data since C. A.

White's Review in 1883. Dr. Henderson's work comprises a

systematic annotated catalogue with references to the entire litera-

ture, lists by formation and locality, and a bibliography. In the

latter we miss reference to Wenz's "Gastropoda Extramarina

Tertiaria," in Fossilium Catalogus, which includes American

species. The labor involved in compiling such a catalogue is very

32 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

great. Henderson's work through many years has dealt with

both the geological and the taxonomic sides, and has been sup-

plemented by extensive field work. He is to be congratulated upon

the production of so useful a book of reference. — H.A.P.

t

Checklist of Florida Marine Shells. By Norman W. Ler-

mond. Published by the author, 1936. 56 pages. This list in-

cludes only such species as are to be found on the beaches and

reefs, omitting deep water forms which never come ashore. It

was compiled mainly from the collections of A. G. Reynolds, C. B.

Lungren, C. C. Allen, D. L. Emery and the author,

Timothy Abbott Conrad. By Harry E. Wheeler. (Paleon-

tological Research Institute, Ithaca, N. Y., 1935). 157 pp., 27

plates, text-figures and 2 maps. Conrad is generally regarded as

the founder of Tertiary paleontology in America, and for many

years he was the principal worker. Even now, more than 100

years since his first paper, and nearly 60 since his death, his

works on the Atlantic Coast Miocene and the Alabama Eocene are

in constant use. His work on fresh-water shells is also important,

though far less extensive. Mr. Wheeler's volume leads the reader

through Conrad's life, step by step. His collecting and geologiz-

ing expeditions, his friendships, trials, successes, are recorded

with sympathy and understanding. To those working today on

the foundations Conrad laid it is all most interesting. Mr.

Wheeler's researches have brought much new material to light.

He has produced a history worthy of the greatest American

Tertiary paleontologist of his times. — H.A.P.

Land and Fresh Water Shells of Aroostook County, Maine.

The History of the Lymnaeidae of the Northern Part of Maine.

By Olof Olsson Nylander. Caribou, Maine, 1936. A list in

mimeograph form, with notes and much interesting and useful in-

formation, ecologic, historical and personal. — H.A.P.

A Handbook for Shell Collectors. By Walter Freeman

Webb, St, Petersburg, Florida, 1935. Long known to shell col-

lectors all over the country for his stock of shells for sale, Mr.

Webb has now assembled woodcuts of 1100 species of shells from

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 33

all seas and countries, with a breezy and informal descriptive text,

in this book of 130 pages, which is sold for $1.00. We are in-

formed that a second edition is in preparation, in which errors

which found their way into this one are to be corrected. A book

for beginners in shell collecting. — H.A.P.

The Atlantic and Gulf Coast Tertiary Pectinidae of the

United States. By H. I. Tucker. American Midland Natural-

ist, Vol. 17, March, 1936. 4 plates. A revision based upon

materials in all the type collections in this country and abroad.

As the pectins are important " Leitf ossilien, " this thorough and

reliable work will be much used and appreciated. — H.A.P.

"Basteria/' a Newt Journal of Malacology. — The Nether-

lands Malacological Society initiated on February 1, 1936, a new

journal under the title of "Basteria." Each volume is to be

published in four parts, the volume to coincide as nearly as pos-

sible with the calendar year. Papers will be published mainly in

Dutch, with a brief summary in another language. Its scope will

be wide, embracing the entire field of malacology in all of its

biological aspects, as well as general papers on taxonomy. Sub-

scription to the journal (2.50 florins) should be sent to Dr. F. P.

Koumans, Rijksmuseum van Natuurlijke Historic, Leiden,

Netherlands. — W. J. Clench.

THE SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE

AMERICAN MALACOLOGICAL UNION

One of the most delightful gatherings in the history of the

American Malacological Union was the sixth annual meeting held

in St. Petersburg, Florida, from Tuesday through Friday, April

21 to 24, 1936. The Detroit Hotel in this famed ''Sunshine City"

was headquarters for the convention and in its pleasant halls all

sessions were held. Thirty-three members were in attendance as

well as many local shell lovers. The meeting was opened on Tues-

day morning with addresses of welcome by the Hon. John S.

Smith, mayor of the city, M. M. Deaderick, secretary of the

Chamber of Commerce, Roy Hanna, vice president of the Pinellas

Institute of Natural Sciences, D. L. Emery, president of the St.

34 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (1)

Petersburg Shell Club, and Capt. W. A. Read, at whose invitation

the meeting was held in this city. Calvin Goodrich, president of

the Union, responded and the presentation of scientific papers

followed.

The first of these was by Junius Henderson, entitled, ''Is Con-

cealing Coloration Important to Molluscan Life?" A paper by

Dr. A. Myra Keen of Stanford University on ' ' The Status of the

Family Cardiidae" was read by Dr. J. P. E. Morrison, and com-

pleted the first session. Mr. Joshua L. Baily, Jr., in his paper,

"The Stabilization of Scientific Nomenclature," read in the after-

noon, made a plea for the appointment by the Union of a commit-

tee of experts to pass on questions of nomenclature, asking that

the subject be discussed and considered at a later date. Dr. Paul

Bartsch spoke on "The Intermediate Hosts of the Asiatic Blood

Fluke, ' ' illustrating his subject with lantern slides. ' ' The Evolu-

tion of Genus Liguus in Florida" was the topic presented by

Henry G. Frampton, of Miami. A beautifully arranged series of

these shells illustrated the talk, giving a graphic view of the

relationships of the forms.

The evening lecture was given by Dr. Henry A. Pilsbry on

"Three Naturalists in Mexico." This was illustrated with lan-

tern slides and was a delightful account of Dr. Pilsbry 's experi-

ences during two summers spent in studying and collecting mol-

lusks in northern Mexico.

Reading of papers was concluded on Wedenesday. Dr. Carlos

de la Torre was the first speaker. His subject, "A Revision of the

Cuban Genus Polymita," was illustrated with a large series of

2,800 shells of this beautiful and variable mollusk, arranged in 28

glass-covered trays. At the suggestion of Dr. Pilsbry, a resolu-

was passed recommending the publication by the Carnegie Insti-

tution of Washington, of Dr. de la Torre's studies and the splen-

did color plates with which it was also illustrated.

At the afternoon session several papers were presented. Dr. A.

La Rocque, of the National Museum of Canada, read a paper on

"A Plan for the Study of Canadian Mollusca." Dr. J. P. E. Mor-

rison, of the United States National Museum, spoke on ' * Growth

Rings and Size of Shells," illustrating his paper with charts.

"Shell Collecting in Florida" was the subject of a short talk by

July, 1936] THE NAUTILUS 35

D. L. Emery, of St. Petersburg. Mrs. Ida S. Oldroyd, of Stanford

University, spoke briefly on "An Interesting Oyster from the

Olympian Beds." The shell in question was exhibited. Dr.

Bartsch read a paper prepared jointly with Dr. Harald A. Rehder,

of the United States National Museum, on ''Recent and Fossil

Pelecypod Fauna of the Hawaiian Islands" illustrated with lan-

tern slides. This gave the results of studies on Mr. D. Thaanum's

collection which had been given to the Smithsonian Institution.

"The American Genus Oreohelix" by Prof. Henderson, illus-

trated with lantern slides, concluded the formal papers. The even-

ing session was given over to informal talks. Dr. Frank Smith, of

the University of Illinois, spoke delightfully on "Earthworms,"

a subject in which he is a recognized authority. Miss Anne Harbi-

son, of Philadelphia, gave an interesting account of her work with

Dr. Pilsbry on fossil shells. Calvin Goodrich told of his having

been an amateur in the field of molluscan study for many years

before he became professional, when he retired from teaching and

took up museum work. Walter F. Webb, of Rochester, N. Y., and

Capt. Read also contributed interesting remarks on experiences

in their pursuit of conchology.

On Thursday morning the members left the Detroit Hotel at

10 o'clock for an auto trip to Tarpon Springs. Here they were

met by Mr. E. Macrenaris, veteran sponge diver, who gave a his-

tory of the Greek sponge industry in Tarpon Springs, which boasts

the largest sponge fishing fleet and the largest sponge exchange in

the world. Lunch at the Green Garden Restaurant and visits

to numerous curio shops followed, then a tour of the Gulf beaches

to collect shells with a return to the hotel in time for the annual

dinner. Dr. Paul Bartsch presided in the absence of the presi-

dent, Calvin Goodrich, who was obliged to leave early to return

to Michigan.

A business session followed the dinner. It was decided to accept

with pleasure the invitation extended through Mr. Goodrich to

hold the meeting next year in the University of Michigan. Dr.

Carlos de la Torre invited the Union to meet in Havana in 1938.

This invitation also was unanimously and enthusiastically ac-

cepted. Harold R. Robertson of Buffalo was delegated to draft a

resolution to be presented to the Carnegie Institution of Wash-

36 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (1)

ington asking that they consider the preparation and publication

of a biography of the late William Healey Dall. Capt. "W. A.

Read then was presented with a book containing the autographs

of all members in attendance at the sixth annual meeting in token

of their appreciation of his invitation to St. Petersburg and his

untiring efforts to make the meeting the success which it had

been.

After calling on various speakers and the passing of a resolution

of appreciation to be sent to the mayor of St. Petersburg, the St.

Petersburg Chamber of Commerce, the local press, the St. Peters-

burg Shell Club and the Detroit Hotel management and person-

nel, Dr. Bartsch asked that before adjournment the assembled com-

pany bow their heads for a few moments in silence in memory of

those valiant souls who have gone, among them William Healey

Dall, John B. Henderson, Charles Torrey Simpson and Victor

Sterki.

On Friday the visitors were guests of Capt. Read on his yacht

Casanova, visiting Shell Island, a favorite haunt of shell colle'^tors,

a delightful two hours' distance from St. Petersburg across the

waters of Tampa Bay. Returning to the city in the evening

farewells were said and the sixth annual meeting had passed into

history.

Council for the ensuing year was elected as follows : Honorary

Presidents: Ida S. Oldroyd, Stanford University, and Henry A.

Pilsbry, Philadelphia Academy of Natural Sciences; President,

Joshua L. Baily, Jr., San Diego, California ; vice-president, Carlos

de la Torre, University of Havana, Cuba ; corresponding secretary,

Norman W. Lermond, Knox Academy of Arts and Sciences,

Thomaston, Maine; financial secretary, Imogene C. Robertson,

Buffalo Museum of Science. Other members of the Council : Paul

Bartsch, United States National Museum, Calvin Goodrich, Uni-

versity of Michigan, William J. Clench, Museum of Comparative

Zoology, Cambridge, Mass., Junius Henderson, University of

Colorado.

Imogene C. Robertson,

Financial Secretary.

BRYANT WALKER

jin;^,'^'*'' "^^'-ii^ >\^\

tuj ( L I B « A f •: ^

THE NAUTILUS

Vol. 50 October, 1936 No. 2

THE DISTRIBUTION OF THE LIMPKIN AND ITS

STAPLE FOOD, POMACEA

BY FRANCIS HAEPERi

The note by Frederick V. Hebard in the April issue of The

Oriole concerning the Limpkin {Aramus scolopaceus pictus) in

Charlton and Camden Counties, Georgia, brings to mind a very-

interesting correlation between the distribution of the bird and

that of its principal food — the large fresh-water snails of the

genus Pomacea (formerly and better known as Ampiillaria) .

Fig. 1. Pomacea paludosa (Say), from Florida. Life-size drawing by

Miss Helen Winchester; courtesy of The Aquarium.

Since the Limpkin is dependent primarily upon these snails for

its existence (c/. Cottam, Wilson Bulletin, vol. 48, p. 11, 1936),

it can not be expected to wander far, or remain long, beyond the

range of Pomacea. Records in the literature and specimens in the

Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia (kindly placed at

my disposal by Dr. H. A. Pilsbry and Mr. E. G. Vanatta) show

that the genus Pomacea is widely distributed over practically the

1 Reprinted, by permission, from The Oriole, vol. I, pp. 21-23, July, 1936.

(37)

38

THE NAUTILUS

[Vol. 50 (2)

entire Florida Peninsula down to the southern portion of the

Everglades. It also extends northwestward to a point in Jackson

County, not far from the Alabama line, and northward along the

Atlantic Coast to the lower Altamaha River, Georgia. The locali-

ties are indicated on the accompanying map (figure 2). Prac-

tically all of these records pertain to the species Pomacea paludosa

(Say) (figure 1) and its subspecies, P. p. miamiensis (Pilsbry),

the latter extending along the coast from Palm Beach County

Fig. 2. Distribution of the Limpkin and of snails of the genus Pomacea

in the Southeastern United States. Circles represent records of Pomacea;

solid triangles, breeding localities of the Limpkin; hollow triangles, outlying

records of the Limpkin.

southward. There is also a distinct species, Pomacea pinei

(Dall), occupying an apparently restricted area along the Homo-

sassa River in Citrus County, Florida.

Presumably the Limpkin is not connoisseur enough to discrimi-

nate between the various forms of Pomacea. Its breeding range

in Florida, as given by Howell (Florida Bird Life, 1932, p. 200,

fig. 23) and on the present map (figure 2), appears to be very

nearly coextensive with the range of Pomacea.

October, 1936] the nautilus 39

A few records from outpost localities call for a little comment.

The northwesternmost available record for the snails is on Spring

Creek, three miles west of Marianna, Florida. Whether or not

the Limpkin now occurs on Spring Creek, it very likely did so in

former times (when its range and numbers were less restricted

than at present), provided the snails were there in sufiBcient

abundance. Neither the snails nor the bird seem to be known

farther west toward the Mississippi Valley. Since the snails are

evidently dependent on the presence of a certain amount of cal-

cium carbonate in the soil and water, their occurrence on Spring

Creek may be accounted for by a calcareous hammock belt occupy-

ing the area about Marianna (c/. R. M. Harper, Generalized Soil

Map of Florida, Florida State Geological Survey, 1925.)

William Bartram's record (Travels, 1791, p. 49) of the Limp-

kin on the Altamaha in 1773 is nicely substantiated, in a way, by

records of Pomacea from Darien and Hopeton Plantation,^ on

the lower part of that river. No recent occurrence of the Limpkin

on the Altamaha seems to be known, although H. B. Bailey's

statement (Bull. Nuttall Ornith. Club, vol. 7, 1883, p. 42) of its

nesting in Georgia between the years 1853 and 1865 presumably

refers to this part of the coastal region. Two records from South

Carolina (Wayne, Birds of South Carolina, 1910, p. 35) evidently

pertain to accidental wanderers beyond the range of their staple

food.

My record (Auk, vol. 30, 1913, p. 493) of the Limpkin on

Honey Island Prairie, Okefinokee Swamp, in May, 1912, while

amply confirmed by later experience with the species in Florida,

should not have led to the inclusion of the swamp as part of the

Limpkin 's normal range, as was done in the 1931 edition of the

A. 0. U. Check-List. The bird of 1912 was probably nothing

more than a straggler, unable to maintain more than a very tem-

porary existence in the Okefinokee, whose acid waters are quite

unsuited to Pomacea. The bird could have readily reached the

swamp by ascending the Suwannee River from its breeding

haunts on the lower course of that stream.

2 "Hopeton," the locality of the synonymous Ampullaria hopetonensis

Lea, is the old name of a plantation on the south side of the Altamaha Eiver,

five miles above Darien, Georgia, a little upstream from Santo Domingo State

Park.

40 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (2)

The recent records on Mill Creek, Camden County, and vicinity

are of special interest as perhaps reestablishing the Limpkin as

a breeding bird of Georgia. Further investigation should be

made to determine whether Pomacea also occurs there, and if so,

in what abundance. All the available evidence indicates that

the Limpkin 's normal breeding range is restricted to areas where

Pomacea is present in reasonable numbers.

A decided decrease in the numerical status of a species (such

as has occurred with the Limpkin) is apt to result in its with-

drawal from outlying portions of its range. This may account

for the Limpkin 's present apparent absence from the extreme

limits of the known range of Pomacea, such as the Altamaha

River in Georgia and Spring Creek in Florida.

According to Dr. Pilsbry, the snails may remain in water of

some depth during the day but come into the shallows at the

water's edge or even out of the water during the night.^ This

habit of theirs might conceivably lead to some nocturnal activity

on the part of the Limpkin, in order to secure the snails more

readily. Very little seems to have been published on such a phase

of its life history, although Nicholson remarks (Auk, vol. 45, 1928,

p. 308), "All through the nesting season their calls are heard at

night everywhere over the marshes. ' '

Additional Note. — The present form of Limpkin (Aramus scolopaceus

pictus) occurs also in Cuba, the Isle of Pines, and Jamaica, where various

species of Pomacea are found.

A. s. elucus inhabits Hispaniola and Puerto Rico, islands where Pomacea

does not occur, as I am informed. According to Wetmore (Bull. 155, U. S.

Nat. Mus., pp. 128-129, 1931), Salle found Limpkins in the Dominican Ee-

public ' ' in heavy, humid forests where they lived principally upon mollusks. ' '

The large helices ?

The following subspecies of Limpkin inhabit regions well supplied with

Pomacea of many species, according to Dr. Pilsbry, but definite information

on their food is not at hand.

A. s. dolosus, of southern Mexico and Central America.

A. s. scolopaceus, ranging from Colombia and Ecuador to the Guianas and

Brazil.

A. s. carau, ranging from southern Brazil to eastern Argentina.

3 Pomacea kept in aquaria deposit their eggs on the glass above the water

during the night. — Ed.

October, 1936] the nautilus 41

HELISOMA AMMON (Gould)

BY JUNIUS HENDERSON

111 The Nautilus, XLVII, 89-90, PL 9, fig. 4, 1934, I stated

that I had seen no specimens of this species from the ' ' Low Colo-

rado Desert," the type locality, and quoted a letter from Dr.

Pilsbry, thus: "I have been in doubt about PI. ammon Gld., if

the assigned locality is correct. ' ' Later that year Mrs. Hender-

son and I visited that region and found fossil (probably Pleisto-

cene) specimens two miles east of south from Indio and a few

immature ones near Kane Spring. I have also found in the

University of Colorado Museum, catalogued as Planorhis tri-

volvis Say, fossil specimens from ''seven miles south of Mecca —

Yeager. " I obtained from Charles C. Cass fossil specimens from

Daggett, California. I found in the collection of Mr, and Mrs.

E. P. Chace, fossil specimens from Indio, and fresh shells from

an irrigation ditch five miles north of Lancaster, obtained by

Stanley C. Field in 1930. We have fresh specimens from various

stations in San Joaquin Valley and near Watsonville.

The type locality given by Gould is "Cienaga Grande, the

Colorado Low Desert, T. H. Webb and W. P. Blake." He re-

ported it also from Ocoya Creek. Blake mentions Ocoya

(Ocayo) or Posey's Creek. There is a Poso Creek on one map,

Posey Creek on another, north of Bakersfield. I have found

nothing in the literature or on any map indicating just where

Cienaga Grande is. Those more familiar with the history and

geography of the region than I disclaim any knowledge of the

place. The name means a big spring or big marsh. Blake men-

tions a Big Spring, probably the same place. Possibly it is in

the area now covered by the Salton Sea, the remnant of the big

lake formed by the last overflow of the Colorado River into the

basin a number of years ago. The bleached shells of this and

other species found in the sands of the basin, some of them very

abundant, were doubtless deposited here when the basin was

occupied up to the well-marked water line about the margins, by

a great lake, "Ancient Blake Lake," which at its highest stage

was kept fresh by overflow for a considerable period. The spe-

cies reported from the basin are : Anodonta calif orniensis Lea,

42 THE NAUTILUS [VOL, 50 (2)

Helisoma ammon (Gould), Physa humerosa Gould, Amnicola

longinqua Gould, Hydrohia protea (Gould), Fluminicola aver-

nalis Pilsbry and F. a. carinifera Pilsbry. This is the type local-

ity of most of them and while the specimens scattered over the

floor of the basin are fossil, several of them are elsewhere found

living.

EDGAR ALLAN POE'S CONCHOLOGICAL TEXT

BY A. MYKA KEEN

Stanford University, California

In 1839 appeared a little book entitled, "The Conchologist's

First Book :/ or,/ a system/ of/ Testaceous Malacology/ arranged

expressly for the use of Schools,/ in which/ the animals, accord-

ing to Cuvier, are given/ with the shells,/ a great number of new

species added,/ and the whole brought up, as accurately as pos-

sible, to the present condition of the science./ By Edgar A. Poe/

with illustrations of two hundred and fifteen shells,/ presenting

a correct type of each genus." Illustrated with miniature col-

ored plates, it discussed the anatomy and shells of many genera

of invertebrates, included a list of species for each genus (with

American forms starred), and ended with a several-page glossary

of a very technical sort. Of the book Sherborn says, * ' A piracy,

based on the plates of T. Brown, Conch. Text Book, the story of

which is told in International Mag., Oct. 1850."

Violation of ethics in the publication of the book would not

nullify the statement, "presenting the correct type of each

genus. ' ' This could make the book an important source of type-

designations. Copies both of the first and second editions (1843)

and of Brown (edition 4, 1836) being available in the Stanford

Library, I have made a careful study of the work, with the con-

clusion that it can be dismissed so far as nomenclatural novelty

is concerned. The "correct type" refers not to the text, where

a few monospecific genera could have been construed to have

t3T)es designated, but to the illustrations. The figures are not in

any way tied to species-names. They illustrate genera, and are

too small and unsatisfactory for specific identification.

October, 1936] the nautilus 43

Since copies of "Poe" and Brown are rare, a few notes may

not be out of place. The story behind the publication has been

worked out by J. W. Robertson : Poe was directly responsible only

for the preface and for an introduction which was a neat para-

phrase of Brown's. The book was really organized by Thomas

Wj^att and printed by Isaac Lea, Poe's name appearing on the

title-page — for a consideration — to insure a wide sale.

The text of * ' Poe ' ' is distinctly not that of Brown ; it is based

on the system of classification used in Wyatt 's own Manual men-

tioned by Poe thus, "In conclusion, the author has only to

acknowledge his great indebtedness to the valuable public labors,

as well as private assistance, of Mr. Isaac Lea, of Philadelphia.

To Thomas Wyatt, and his late excellent Manual of Conchology,

he is also under many obligations. No better work, perhaps,

could be put into the hands of the student as a secondary text-

book. Its beautiful and perfectly well-colored illustrations

afford an aid in the collection of a cabinet scarcely to be met with

elsewhere." The text is not an exact copy of Wyatt, however,

"Poe" substitutes for Wyatt 's general discussion of each genus

a paragraph-description of the soft parts. This, as the title-page

hints, may have been taken over from Cuvier. Descriptions of

shells and the lists of species (even to typographical errors) are

those of Wyatt, with occasional additions. The glossary is essen-

tially that of Wyatt; which, in turn, is remarkably like Brown's.

A book thus compiled and intended for elementary-school use

hardly seems to me important enough to be branded a piracy. As

a literary curiosity it will doubtless continue to be of interest, but

as a systematic treatise it can very safely be ignored.

Bibliography

Capt. Thomas Brown, The Conchologist's Text-hook, embracing

the arrangement of Lamarck and Linnaeus, with a glossary

of technical terms. Pp. 180. Pis. 19. 12 mo. Glasgow.

Ed. 1, 1833; ed. 4, 1836.

Edgar Allan Poe, The Conchologist's First Book. ... 8 vo.

Philadelphia, 1839. Pp. 156, pis. 12.

John W. Robertson, Bibliography of the writings of Edgar A.

Poe, San Francisco : Russian Hill Private Press. Vol. I,

1934. Pp. 277.

44 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

Thomas Wyatt, Manual of Conchology, according to the system

laid down by Lamarck, with the late improvements hy De-

Blainville. New York : Harper & Brothers, 1838. Pp. 191 ;

pis. 36.

THE DISTRIBUTION OF MELANIA AND NERITINA

IN THE BRITISH SOLOMON ISLANDS

BY W. J. EYDERDAM

During 1929 and 1930 while a member of the Whitney South

Sea Expedition in the British Solomon Islands I collected large

series of Melania and Neritina in every river, creek, ditch, spring,

and body of fresh water traversed on over four-fifths of the

islands of the group. Several of the most important islands as

well as smaller ones were quite thoroughly worked for freshwater

shells. Some of the larger rivers on Malaita, San Cristoval and

Choiseul as well as many creeks on these islands and others were

collected from mouth to source.

There are several species of Neritina with spines that occur

almost invariably in the mud at or near the mouths of streams.

They like a certain amount of salt or brackish water. Most of the

species in a stream occur at or near the coast. There is one

species of Neritina that has become a land shell and is generally

found in native gardens often a quarter mile from a stream. This

is N. cornea, which is widely distributed and found also in the

Philippines. There is another species which it closely resembles,

N. suhsulcata, which is generally found within a couple of feet

from water, usually on steep banks.

Most of the islands are volcanic and consequently there is more

erosion and action of carbonic acid than in a limestone country.

The result of this condition causes most of the freshwater shells

to assume a very dilapidated appearance. In some districts the

shells are very much corroded and worn.

Some of the Neritinae abound in slow-running streams, some

are on moist rocks above the water, while some species, like the

Navicellae are found in rapids or under waterfalls. The largest

species of Neritina are generally found near the headwaters of

large streams in the mountains.

October, 1936] the nautilus 45

An important feature of the Neritinae is their wide dispersal.

N. macgillivrayi Reeve and N. petiti Recluz alike exist in the

Fiji and Solomon Islands, while N. porcata Gould has been found

also in Samoa and Fiji as well as in the Solomons. N. subsulcata

Sowb. and N. cornea L. are also found in the Philippines.

Although most of the Neritina and Melania are widely dis-

tributed in the Solomon group, still their occurrence is ofteii

under peculiar conditions.

From my journal dated August 25th I noted the following:

"Neritina and Melania at Kieta, Bougainville Island. It is

remarkable what great variation there is in number of species

of freshwater shells, chiefly melanians that occur around Kieta,

within a distance of less than one mile. There are four small

creeks or ditches within this area, each of which has species not

found in any of the others, although most of them are found in

other parts of the islands. In the first creek on the Kieta side of

the brackish water river, which is near the German missionary's

coconut plantation, were found two species Melania and two

species of Neritina. None of these were found in any of the other

three creeks which are more or less brackish except at their

sources. This first creek falls in a succession of rills in the forest,

but flows freely only after a heavy rain. In the next creek

(brackish water) which is between Tom Ebery's store and the

Chinese village, about a dozen species of Melania and Neritina

and two species of two other genera were taken. Two species in

this creek do not occur in the three others. The third creek or

ditch, about 200 yards from Tom Ebery's store toward the hos-

pital, yielded about a dozen species. Two species occurred that

were not found elsewhere. The fourth small creek which is

merely a ditch is only 100 yards beyond the third one. Twelve

species of Melania and Neritina were taken of which four species

did not occur in any of the other creeks.

**The Melanians are mostly buried in the soft mud while the

Neritinas cling to stones. In the fourth creek is a genus repre-

sented by one species that was not found elsewhere."

About one mile from Faisi in the Shortland Islands on Low

Fung's plantation there is a very remarkable freshwater spring

of clear cold water. The pool is about twelve feet deep and about

46 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

thirty feet across. It comes fresh out of the ground and is not

more than 100 yards behind a mangrove swamp on level ground

in the jungle. In this spring at least twenty-eight species of

freshwater snails were collected in two hours. With thorough

collecting it is possible that the spring would perhaps yield a

dozen more species of shells. Many of the species taken from the

spring were not found elsewhere and seem to be highly localized

while others have a wide distribution.

THE GASTROPOD FAUNA OF THE INTERTIDAL

ZONE AT MOSS BEACH, SAN MATEO COUNTY,

CALIFORNIA

BY H. E. YOKES

University of California, Berkeley

The gastropod fauna here listed was collected during a five

weeks ' period involving the latter part of the month of June and

the month of July, 1933. A total of 126 species are represented

in the collection, 21 of which are reported from beyond the pre-

viously known range of the species.

The intertidal zone at Moss Beach, consists of a series of trun-

cated strata of fine grained, black, sandstones of Pliocene age,

striking at an angle from the shore, so that at low tide an area

almost 300 feet wide is exposed on which are developed a large

number of tide pools protected from the action of the waves by

the edges of the strata which dip toward the sea. The region

from which the collections were made lies southward from the

town of Moss Beach to Pillar Point, a distance of approximately

three miles. Pillar Point marks the northern limit of Halfmoon

Bay, a down-faulted block which being low lying, has a sandy

bottom and supports an entirely different faunal assemblage

from that found at Moss Beach.

In the following check-list species represented in the collection

which occur only at Pillar Point and probably have been washed

up by wave action from the sands of Halfmoon Bay are indicated

by a dagger ( t ) and the forms represented in the collections from

all points by empty shells only are indicated by an asterisk (*).

The gastropod species found are :

October, 1936] the nautilus 47

Haminoea vesicula (Gould), 1855

Gadinia reticulata (Sowerby), 1835

Arctonchis horcalis (Dall), 1871

Conns calif ornicus Hinds, 1844

\*CIathrodrillia {Moniliopsis) incisa (Carpenter), 1865

\*Clathrodrillia {Moniliopsis) mcisa var. ophioderma (Dall),

1908

\*Pseudomelatoma torosa (Carpenter), 1865

Mangelm (Bela) variegata Carpenter, 1864

\*Olivella hiplicata Sowerby, 1825

Cypraeolina pyriformis (Carpenter), 1865

^*Mitra idae Melvill, 1893

Searlesia dira (Reeve), 1846

^*Nassarius (Schizopyga) fossatus (Gould), 1843

Nassarius (Schizopyga) cooperi (Forbes), 1850

Mitrella carinata (Hinds), 1844

MitreUa carinata var. gausapata (Gould), 1851

Mitrella gouldii (Carpenter), 1857

Mitrella tuherosa (Carpenter), 1864

Amphissa columhiana Dall, 1916

Amphissa versicolor, 1871

Amphissa hicolor Dall, 1892

Purpura foliata Martyn, 1784

Tritonalia lurida (Middendorff), 1849

Tritonalia lurida var. aspera (Baird), 1863

Tritonalia lurida var. munda (Carpenter), 1864

Tritonalia lurida var. rotunda Dall, 1919

*Tritonalia painei Dall, 1903

Tritonalia circumtexta (Stearns), 1871

Tritonalia interfossa (Carpenter), 1864

Tritonalia interfossa var. atropurpurea (Carpenter MS) Dall,

1919

Tritonalia foveolata (Hinds), 1843

*Tritonalia suhangulata (Stearns), 1873

Thais (Nucella) lamellosa (Gmelin), 1792

Thais (Nucella) lima (Martyn), 1784

Thais (Nucella) canalicidata (Duclos), 1832

Thais (Nucella) emarginata (Deshayes), 1839

Thais (Nucella) emarginata var. ostrina (Gould), 1852

Acanthina (Acanthinucella) spirata (Blainville), 1832

*Epitonium (Opalia) wrohlewskii (Moreh), 1876

Epitonium (Nitidiscala) crehricostatum (Carpenter), 1866

Epitonium (Nitidiscala) indianorum (Carpenter), 1865

Epitonium (Nitidiscala) tinctum (Carpenter), 1865

*Turhonilla sp. indet.

Odostomia (Chrysallida) astricta Dall and Bartsch, 1907

48 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

Odostomia (Chrysallida) oregonensis Dall and Bartsch, 1907

Odostomia (Chrysallida) n. sp.

Odostomia (lolaea) amianta Dall and Bartsch, 1907

Odostomia (Evalea) tenuisculpta Carpenter, 1864

Odostomia (Evalea) valdezi Dall and Bartsch, 1907

Odostomia (Evalea) sp. cf. io Dall and Bartsch, 1903

Odostomia (Evalea) n. sp.

Odostomia (Amaura) moratora Dall and Bartsch, 1909

*Trivia calif orniana (Gray), 1828

Erato vitellina Hinds, 1844

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsidella) cosmia Bartsch, 1907

Bittium (Stylidium) eschrictii (Middendorff) var. monterey-

ense Bartsch, 1907

Bivonia compacta Carpenter, 1864

Spiroglyphus lituellus (Morch), 1861

Littorina planaxis Nuttall in Philippi, 1847

Littorina (Melarhaphe) scutulata Gould, 1849

Lacuna porrecta Carpenter, 1864

Lacuna solidula Loven var. carinata Gould, 1846

Lacuna variegata Carpenter, 1864

Lacuna marmorata Dall, 1919

*Iselica fenestrata (Carpenter), 1864

Diala acuta Carpenter, 1864

Barleeia haliotiphila Carpenter, 1864

Barleeia oldroydi Bartsch, 1920

Cingula montereyensis Bartsch, 1912

Cingula calif ornica Tryon. 1865

Alvania compacta Carpenter, 1865

• Alvania n. sp. A

Alvania n. sp. B

Hipponyx serratus Carpenter, 1857

Hipponyx antiquatus (Linnaeus), 1767

Crepidula convex Say, 1822

Crepidula adunca Sowerby, 1825

Crepidula exuviata Nuttall, 1859

Crepidula nivea C. B. Adams, 1852

Crepidula (Crepipatella) lingulata Gould, 1846

j*Polinices (Euspira) lewisi (Gould), 1847

]*Polinices (Euspira) draconis Dall, 1903

Lamellaria rJiomhica Dall, 1871

Velutina laevigata (Linnaeus), 1767

Acmaea mitra Eschseholtz, 1833 ,

Acmaea pelta Eschseholtz, 1833

Acmaea scutum Eschseholtz, 1833

Acmaea ochracea Dall, 1871

Acmaea digitalis Eschseholtz, 1833

October, 1936] the nautilus 49

Acmaea Umatula Carpenter, 1866

Acmaea scabra (Gould), 1846

Acmaea persona Eschscholtz, 1833

Acmaea instahilis Gould, 1846

Acmaea incessa (Hinds), 1842

Acmaea asmi (Middendorff), 1849

Acmaea palacea Gould, 1851

Acmaea crihraria (Gould MS) Carpenter, 1834

Lottia gigantea Gray, 1834

Tricolia compta (Gould), 1855

Tricolia pulloides (Carpenter), 1865

*Astraea (Pachypoma) inaequalis (Martyn), 1784

Homalopoyna carpenteri (Pilsbry), 1888

Homalopoma hacula (Carpenter), 1864

Tegiila (Chlorostoma) funebralis (A. Adams), 1854

Tegula (Chlorostoma) hrunnea (Philippi), 1848

Tegiila {Chlorostoma) montereyi (Keiner), 1850

^Tegula (Promartynia) pulligo (Martyn), 1784

*Tegula (Omphalius) ligulata (Menke), 1850

Calliostoma costatum (Martyn), 1784

Calliostoma costatum var. caeruleum Dall, 1919

Calliostoma costatum var. pictum Dall, 1919

Calliostoma canaliculatum (Martyn), 1784

\*CalUostoma tricolor Gabb, 1865

Margarites (Pupillaria) pupillus (Gould), 1849

Margarites (Pupillaria) salmonea Carpenter, 1864

Margarites (Lirularia) lirulatus (Carpenter), 1864

Margarites (Lirularia) succincta (Carpenter), 1864

*Haliotis cracherodii Leach, 1817

Haliotis rufescens Swainson, 1822

Megatehennus himaculatus (Dall), 1871

Megatehennus sp.

Diadora aspera (Escholtz), 1833

The occurrence at Moss Beach of several of these species is

beyond their previously reported range. The majority of these

forms have not heretofore been reported north of the vicinity of

Monterey, California ; those species in the following list indicated

with an asterisk not being reported outside of Monterey Bay in

the past. Included in the species for which the Moss Beach

occurrence represents a new northern limit are :

Pseudomelatoma torosa (Carpenter), 1865

Mangelia (Bela) variegata Carpenter, 1864

Tritonalia foveolata (Hinds), 1834

50 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

Tritonalia suhangulata (Stearns), 1873

Epitonium (Nitidiscala) tinctum (Carpenter), 1865

*Odostomia (Chrysallida) astricta Dall and Bartsch, 1907

Odostomia (lolaea) amianta Dall and Bartsch, 1907

*Odostomia (Evalea) valdezi Dall and Bartsch, 1907

Cerithiopsis (Cerithiopsidella) , cosmia Bartsch, 1907

Diala acuta Carpenter, 1864

*Cingula montereyensis Bartsch, 1912

Hipponix serratus Carpenter^ 1857

*Acmaea ochracea Dall, 1871

Tricolia compta (Gould), 1855

Tricolia pulloides (Carpenter), 1865

Tegula (Omphalius) ligulata (Menke), 1850

Calliostoma tricolor Gabb, 1865

*Margarites {Pupillaria) salmonea Carpenter, 1864

In so far as the writer is aware, the presence of Crepidula con-

vexa Say in the collections from Moss Beach, represents the first

record of the occurrence of this species in the waters of the Pacific

Ocean proper, though it has been part of the fauna of San Fran-

cisco Bay for some time. The migration of this species will be

commented upon in a forthcoming paper.

New southern limits are indicated for the range of two species.

Of these, Odostomia (Amaura) moratora Dall and Bartsch, 1909,

has not been reported from any locality other than at Point Reyes,

from where it was described; and Alvana compta Carpenter,

1865, has not been collected south of Trinidad, California.

The number of species reported beyond their previously known

range is not remarkable when one considers the fact that the great

majority of studies of the California molluscan faunas have been

made at a very few localities. San Diego, San Pedro, Santa

Barbara, Monterey, and to a lesser extent Newport, Catalina

Island, Farallones, Bodega Bay, Fort Bragg and Trinidad repre-

sent the areas from which nearly all our collections have been

made, and the faunas of the intervening areas are as yet practi-

cally unknown.

October, 1936] the nautilus 51

A REDUCTION OF CYPREA ANNAE ROBERTS AND

CYPREA POLITA ROBERTS TO SYNONOMY

WITH CYPREA SEMIPLOTA MIGHELS

WILLIAM M. INGKAM

University of Hawaii

Having examined over one hundred specimens and collected

the three forms, Cyprea polita Roberts,^ Cyprea annae Roberts,^

and Cyprea semiplota Mighels,^ I have come to the conclusion

that the characteristics used by Roberts to separate Cyprea annae

and Cyprea polita from Mighel's Cyprea semiplota are not justi-

fiable specific distinctions. In my opinion, Roberts's two species

should be placed in synonymy with Cyprea semiplota Mighels.

The characteristics described by Roberts as specific distinctions

appear to be individual variations. The intergradation from one

of his species to the other is so fine that in borderline cases it is

extremely difficult to classify the specimen. In describing

Cyprea annae, he lists as qualities separating it from the other

two species a broad flattened shape, rather more solid, and of a

greyish- white color. But these characteristics appear in varying

degrees of intergradation in all three forms. Cyprea annae

Roberts is not actually a flattened form; in extreme cases the

broadness of the shell might lead one to believe so, but by com-

paring examples of the other two species of proportional size, it

will be noted that the dorsal surface has the same identical curva-

ture. Taking into consideration the difficulty of determining

how thick the shell should be before it is to be classified as Rob-

erts's Cyprea annae, I believe that this characteristic is invalid in

specific separation. Too, the greyish-white color is the inter-

mediate shade of all three forms, although it grades into orange-

yellow or light brown in Cyprea polita Roberts, and reaches a

medium brown or even a blackish-brown in Cyprea semiplota

Mighels.

The description by Roberts of Cyprea polita mentions such

characteristics as the creamy-white color of the shell, thickly

covered with minute white spots, pittings orange, particularly

1 Am. Jour. Conch., iv, p. 70, pi. 15, f. 1-3; 1868.

2 Ihid., p. 250, pi. 15, f . 4-6.

3 Proc. Bost. Soc, ii, p. 24; 1848.

52 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

those on the extremities, base ivory-white, teeth confined to the

aperture except for a short distance from each end. However,

the white sports are quite characteristic of the other two forms

also, although the arrangement and number of spots are variable.

The description that Eoberts gives of the arrangement of the

teeth in Cyprea polita is also true of Cyprea annae and Cyprea

semiplota Mighels : in all three forms they are confined to the

aperture except at the extreme anterior and posterior ends, where

they extend up the columella side of the base, nearly reaching the

lateral margins of the shell. The base is also ivory-white or

bordering on the tumid in three forms.

Additional characteristics mentioned by Mighels in describing

Cyprea semiplota are also typical of the other two forms. These

are a narrow aperture that is yellowish, and a shell that is light

brown in color. According to my observations the aperture is

equally narrow in the three species under discussion, and is

tinged with yellow or orange. The light brown is one shade in

the variable color of these forms.

The lack of notable structural difference, and the fine inter-

gradations in structural proportions as a result of individual

variation, call, in my opinion, for the reduction to synonomy of

two of the specific names. Because of Mighels 's priority of

classification, Cyprea polita Eoberts and Cyprea annae Roberts

are accordingly placed in synonomy with Cyprea semiplota

Mighels.

Cyprea semiplota Mighels

Shell pear-shaped, color creamy-orange to blackish-brown,

dorsal surface sprinkled with minute white spots ; columella side

of the aperture angled, sometimes heavy ; teeth on the columella

side confined to the aperture except at the anterior and posterior

extremities, where they extend over the base toward the lateral

surfaces of the shell, teeth and aperture tinged with orange-

yellow or brown, interstices between the teeth wide ; narrow

aperture, curved posteriorly ; base ivory-white or tumid.

Cyprea semiplota Mighels is one of five endemic species occur-

ring in the Hawaiian Archipelago ; the others are Cyprea tesellata

Swainson, Cyprea sulcidentata Gray, Cyprae madagascariensis

Gmelin, and Cyprae ostergaardi Dall.

October, 1936] the nautilus 53

A NEW SUBSPECIES OF PAPUINA WITH RECORDS

OF LAND MOLLUSKS FROM EASTERN PAPUA

AND ASSOCIATED ISLANDS

BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH

A small collection, recently received from the eastern part of

New Guinea and coastal islands, contains a new subspecies of

Papuina as well as other land mollusks that appear to be worthy

of record. One of the most noteworthy is that of Partula simi-

laris Hartmann from Ihurai, East Cape. This is the first definite

record for the mainland of New Guinea. Partula grisea and

P. huUmoides, both described by Lesson from New Guinea, still

remain unknown and accordingly to Hedley and others (Man.

of Conch. (2), 20, p. 304, 1909) are questionably Papuan.

P. occidentalis Hedley was described as coming from Samarai

Island, and P. similaris has heretofore been known only from

Woodlark Island.

The following are the detailed locations from where the shells

were collected. In the subjoined list of species only localities not

listed in a previous report from this same region are given

(NautUus 49, pp. 88-91, 1936).

Salamo, at head of small bay, S. E. Fergusson Island, D'Entre-

casteaux Islands.

Omarakana, North central part of Kiriwina Id., Trobriand

Islands.

Kaileuna, small island west of Kiriwina Id., Trobriand Islands.

Vakuta, small island south of Kiriwina Id., Trobriand Island.

Iburai, 10 miles west of East Cape, Eastern Division, Papua.

Huhuna, 20 miles west of East Cape, Eastern Division, Papua.

Papuina rollsiana Smith, Salamo.

** alhocarinata Smith, Vakuta; Kaileuna.

** trohriandensis Hedley, Vakuta; Kaileuna.

** williamsi Clench & Archer, Omarakana.

** williamsi atalanta Clench, Omarakana.

** hrumeriensis Forbes, Huhuna.

Chloritis delphax 'Dohrn' Kobelt, Huhuna.

'' rehsei v. Mts., N.W. Fergusson Island

Partula similaris Hartman, Iburai.

z:^/^. -^o-^ V^\

54 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (2)

Leptopoma vitreum Lesson, Salamo.

Palaeohelicina stanleyi sinus Hedley, Iburai.

Papuina williamsi atalanta new subspecies

This subspecies is similar in all of its general characters to

P. williamsi Clench and Archer (Naut. 49, p. 88, 1936) differing

only in its method of coloration. The ground color is similar, but

this subspecies possesses a series of spiral bands of chocolate

brown varying from 4 to 10 in number. These occur both above

and below the periphery, the peripheral area being the widest

portion between any of the bands. There is a tendency of the

bands coalescing on a few of the shells, particularly on the early

whorls.

Height 19 ; Width 25 ; Aperture 10.8 x 10 mm. Holotype.

Holotype. — Mus. Comp. Zool. 111151, Omarakana, north cen-

tral Kiriwina Id., Trobriand Islands. H. Williams collector,

1936.

Remarks. — This new form bears the same relationship to P.

williamsi as P. trohriandensis does to P. alhocarinata, the former

in each case being a banded race of the latter.

THREE NEW SECTIONS AND RECIFICATIONS OF

SOME SPECIFIC NAMES IN THE PECTINIDAE

BY LEO GEOEGE HERTLEIN

(Concluded from p. 27)

Pecten (Chlamys) prototranquebaricus var. noetlingi, new

name

Pecten (Chlamys) prototranqueharicus Vredenburg var. pauci-

costatus Vredenburg, Mem. Geol. Survey India, Vol. 50, pt. 2,

1928, p. 433, pi. 15, fig. 14. "Gwadar, Baluchistan, Mekran

series (Gwadar stage)." Miocene.

Not Pecten paucicostatus Carpenter, Kept. British Assoc. Adv.

Sci. for 1863 [issued 1864], p. 645.— See Arnold, U. S. Geol.

Survey, Prof. Paper 47, 1906, p. 137, pi. 39, figs. 3, 3a, and 4.

"The type is labelled 'Santa Barbara' by Jewett, but is unques-

tionably from the Gulf of California, as no species with its char-

acteristics is known outside the tropical fauna. Besides, Jewett

was known to be quite careless regarding the localities of his

October, 1936] the nautilus 55

specimens." [=P. tumhezensis d'Orbigny, Voy. dans Amer.

Merid., Vol. 5, 1846, p. 663. Tumbez, Peru. A new name for

P. aspersus Sowerby, not P. aspersus Lamarck] .

The earlier use of Pecten paucicostatus by Carpenter makes

it necessary to rename the variety described by Vredenburg. It

can take the name noetlingi.

Pecten (Chlamys) vredenburgi, new name

Pecten middleniissi Das-Gupta, Journ. & Proc. Asiatic Soe.

Bengal, New Ser., Vol. 19, no. 4, 1923 [issued July, 1924], p. 84,

pi. 11, figs. 9, 9a, 10, 11, 11a, 12. Hathab, Bhavanagar State

(Kathiawar). India. Tertiary.

Not Pecten (Chlamys) middlemissii Diener, Mem. Geol. Sur-

vey India, Palaeontologia Indica, New Ser., Vol. 5, Mem, no. 1,

1913, p. Ill, pi. 13, fig. 20. Myophoria limestone. Pastannah.

Kashmir. Upper Triassic.

The combination, Pecten middlemissi, has been used by Diener,

and the species described by Das-Gupta can take the name

vredenburgi.

Pecten (Chlamys) tauroperstriata var. das-guptai, new name

Chlamys tauroperstriata Sacco var. spinosa Das-Gupta, Journ.

& Proc. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, New Ser., Vol. 19, no. 4, 1923

[issued July, 1924], p. 82, pi. 11, figs. 5, 6, 6a, 7, 7a. Hathab,

Bhavanagar State (Kathiawar). India. Tertiary.

Not Pecten spinosus Brown, Illustrated Conch. Great Britain

and Ireland, 1827, p. 73, pi. 24, fig. 8. [^Pecten (Chlamys)

laultistriatus Poli, according to Bucquoy, Dautzenberg and Doll-

fuss, Moll. Marine Rousillon, Vol. 2, fasc. 3, 1889, p. 104, pi. 16,

figs. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5. Mediterranean and Atlantic Ocean to Canary

Islands, etc.]

Due to the earlier use of Pecten spinosus by Brown, the form

described as spinosa by Das-Gupta can take the name das-guptai.

Pecten morickei, new name

Pecten temdcostatus Hupe, Hist. Fis. y Pol. de Chile, Zool.,

Vol. 8, 1854, p. 291, Atlas Coq. pi. 5, fig. 4. ''Habita fosil en los

faluns de Chiloe." — Moricke, Neues Jahrb. f. Min. Geol. und

Palaeo., Beil. Bd. 10, 1895-1896, p. 580, pi. 12, figs. 13, 14, 15, 16.

"Tubul (Philippi)." Chile. Tertiary.

Not Pecten tenuicostatus Mighels & Adams, Proc. Boston Soc.

Nat. Hist., Vol. 4, 1841 [1844 on title page but pp. 1-54 were

56 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

issued in 1841 according to Meisel], p. 49. "Habiiai, Casco

Bay." — Boston Journ. Nat. Hist., Vol. 4, no. 1, Jan., 1842, p. 41,

pi. 4, fig. 7. {=Pecten grandis Solander, Portland Cat., 1786,

p. 50. See Ball, Nautilus, Vol. 34, no. 3, 1921, p. 99. Pecten

magellanicus Gmelin is a synonym according to Dall, Nautilus,

Vol. 38, no. 4, 1925, p. 112.]

The name tenuico status was proposed as a specific name for a

pecten by Migliels & Adams much earlier than by Hupe. The

name morickei is here proposed for the species from Chile

described by Hupe.

Pecten cambodicus, new name

Pecten fimhriatus Mansuy, Mem. Serv. Geol. Indochine, Vol.

1, fasc. 2, 1912, p. 129, pi. 24, figs. 4a, 4b. Yun-nan, Indo-China.

Triassic.

Not Pecten fimhriatus Philippi, Enum. Moll. Siciliae, Vol. 2,

1844, p. 61, pi. 16, fig. 6. Sicily. Fossil. Not Pecten fimhriatus

Moore, Quart. Journ. Geol. Soc, Vol. 26, 1870, p. 248, pi. 11, fig.

8. " Wollumbilla. " Australia. [= Pecten moorei Etheridge,

Geol. and Paleo. Queensland and New Guinea, 1892, p. 445, pi.

21, fig. 20. ' ' Wollumbilla. " Rolling Downs Formation. Lower

Cretaceous.]

Pecten fimhriatus has been used by both Philippi and Moore.

The species for which Mansuy use the same combination of

names can be replaced by Pecten camhodicus.

Pecten (Chlamys) oweni Gregorio

Pecten pictus Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, 1842, Pecten, p.

62, pi. 20, fig. 233. ''Isle of Baicus. Mr. Cuming." [The date

on the title page is given as 1847, but according to Sherborn,

this part was issued prior to November, 1842.] — Sowerby, Proc.

Zool. Soc. London, 1842, p. 163. "Hah. Ins. Baiae. Ins. Negros,

Philippinarum. " — Reeve, Conch. Icon., Vol. 8, 1853, Pecten, sp.

116, pi. 28, fig. 116. ''Isle of Baicus. Mr. Cuming. "—Faustino,

Philippine Bureau Sci., Mon. 25, 1928, p. 31. "Negros." Phil-

ippine Islands.

Not Pecten pictus Goldfuss, Petrefactae Germaniae, Bd. 2,

1834-1840 [this part issued 1833, according to Sherborn], p. 67,

Taf. 97, figs. 4a, b, c. "Findet sich in den obersten tertiaren

Schichten am Mittelrhein. " Oligocene.

Not Pecten pictus Da Costa, Brit. Conch., 1778, p. 144, pi. 9,

figs. 1, 2, 4, 5. Great Britain and Ireland. [= Pecten opercu-

October, 1936] the nautilus 57

laris Linnaeus, Syst. Nat., Ed. 10, 1758, p. 698. "Habitat in

0. meridionali."]

Not Pecten pictiis Deshayes in Laborde, Voy. Arab. Petree,

1830, p. 66. [=P. sanguinolentus Gmelin, according to Tomlin

and Salisbury, Proc. Malacol. Soc. London, Vol. 18, pt. 1, 1928,

P- 33.]

Pecten oweni Gregorio, Naturalista Siciliano, Anno Terzo, no.

5, 1883-1884, p. 133. A new name for Pecten pictus Sowerby,

not Pecten pictus Goldfuss.

Not Pecten (Patinopecten) oweni Arnold, U. S. Geol. Survey,

Prof. Paper no. 47, 1906, p. 63, pi. 8, figs, la and lb. "Foxin's

Kanch, Santa Barbara County," California. Pliocene. [= Pecten

(Patinopecten) lohri Hertlein, Nautilus, Vol. 41, no. 3, 1928,

p. 93. A new name for Pecten oweni Arnold, not Pecten oweni

Gregorio.]

The species described as Pecten pictus by Sowerby was re-

named Pecten oweni by Gregorio due to the earlier use of the

same name by Goldfuss and others. Since Gregorio 's correc-

tion has not been generally noticed, it is placed here so as to call

attention to the nomeclature of the species.

Pecten (Pecten) ventonensis Cooke

Pecten ventonensis Cooke, Carnegie Inst. "Washington, Publ.

291, 1919, p. 130, pi. 12, figs, la, lb. ** One-half mile inland

from the pier of the Juragua Railroad, Santiago Bay," Cuba.

"Oligocene."

Pecten (Pecten) harretti Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Washing-

ton Publ. 366, May, 1925, p. 62, pi. 7, figs. 6 and 7. Bowden,

Jamaica. Middle Miocene. — Woodring, Carnegie Inst. Wash-

ington, Publ. 385, 1928, pp. 19, 61.

Not Pecten larretti Seeley, Ann. & Mag. Nat. Hist., Ser. 3,

Vol. 7, 1861, p. 118, pi. 6, fig. 1. Upper Greensand near Cam-

bridge, England. Cretaceous. [This falls in the synonymy of

Pecten (Chlamys) rohinaldinus d'Orbigny, according to Woods,

Palaeontogr. Soc, Vol. 56 [Cret. LamelL, Vol. 1, pt. 4], 1902,

p. 181.]

Woodring has already suggested that the species described by

him as Pecten harretti may fall in the synonymy of Pecten

ventonensis Cooke. This observation appears to be correct, in

which case, a new name will not be necessary for the Jamaican

species. Seeley had already used the name Pecten harretti for

a Cretaceous species.

58 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

Pecten phoeniciensis, new name

Pecten irregularis Blanckenhorn, Palaeontogr., Bd. 81 Abt. A,

Lief. 4^6, 1934, p. 187, fig. 19. Syria : Cretaceous. Not Pecten

irregularis Sowerby, Thes. Conch., Vol. 1, 1842 [date according

to Sherborn], p. 69, pi. 13, figs. 51, 52. Recent. Not Pecten

irregularis M'Coy, in Griffith's Syn. Carb. Lst. Foss. Ireland,

1844, p. 95, pi. 15, fig. 8. Ireland: Carboniferous.

The combination of names, Pecten irregularis, has been used

by Sowerby and by M'Coy. The specific name phoeniciensis is

proposed for the species described by Blanckenhorn.

Pecten mandannaensis, new name

Pecten (Variamussium) yukonense Lees, Trans. Roy. Canadian

Inst., Vol. 20, pt. 1, no. 43, Sept., 1934, p. 38, pi. 3, fig. 3. Man-

danna Valley. Lewes River series. Laberge area. Yukon.

Noric, Triassic.

Not Pecten (Entolium) yukonensis Smith, U. S. Geol. Surv.,

Prof. Paper 141, 1927, p. 122, pi. 101, figs. 9 and 10. South

bank of Yukon River opposite Nation River, Alaska. Karnic,

upper Triassic.

The name proposed by Lee is untenable according to the In-

ternational Rules of Nomenclature. The name mandannaensis

is here proposed for the species described by Lee.

Pecten notosyriacus, new name

Pecten syriacus Blanckenhorn, Denkschr. kais. Akad. Wissen-

seh. Wien. Math-Naturwiss. CI., Bd. 57, 1890, p. 611. Im obersten

Miocankalk von Fadikije auf dem Djebel el-Koseir, im Breccien-

kalk bei Kefr Maz siidlich Katma an der Strasse nach Aleppo.

Syria. — Blanckenhorn, Sitz. Phys.-Med. Soc. Erlangen, Heft 24,

1892, p. 26, pi. 2, figs. 3a, 3b. Not Janira [= Pecten] syriaca

Conrad, in Lynch, Official Rept. U. S. Exped. to explore the

Dead Sea and the River Jordan, Ap., 1852, p. 230, pi. 1, fig. 6

[two figs.]. "Local.: 'Abeih." Cretaceous. Not Chlamys

(Aequipecten) syriacus Cossmann, in Douville, Bull. Soc. Geol.

Franc, Ser. 4, Vol. 25, 1925, p. 325, pi. 8, figs. 7a, 7b, 7c. "Darb-

el-Cheikh." Maghara. Northern Sinai. Callovian, Jurassic.

The combination of names used by Conrad makes Blancken-

horn's use of Pecten syriacus untenable. The specific name

notosyriacus is here proposed for the Tertiary species described

by Blanckenhorn.

October, 1936] the nautilus 59

BRYANT WALKER 1856-1936

Running through the first volume of the American Naturalist,

March, 1867, to February, 1868, was a series of articles by E. S.

Morse on "The Land Snails of New England." One of the

numbers of this first volume came to the hands of Edward Carey

Walker, a lawyer of Detroit. He mailed it to his eleven-year

old son, Bryant, who had been sent to a farm near Ypsilanti,

twenty miles away, for his summer vacation. Young Bryant

"Walker had collected butterflies. He had climbed for birds ' eggs

as many boys of that time did. It was a belief of his that he was

the first to observe the advent of the English sparrow in eastern

Michigan. He saw the bird feeding among chickens in a yard

of the suburban Springwells and collected it by means of a top-

heavy, muzzle-loading shotgun, with maybe some of the chickens.

The Morse paper on snails fixed with sharp definiteness an in-

terest in natural history that hitherto had been without direction.

With some slight waning during the early struggles for a liveli-

hood and in the period of courtship, the interest flamed high until

well along in Bryant Walker's last illness when eyesight and

attentiveness both weakened. The span of years between Morse's

chance begetting of a student of mollusks and the final sick bed

was very nearly seventy.

Edward Walker was among the emigrants of the great folk-

wandering out of the eastern states to Michigan, then virtually

the inhabitable frontier. Like the mass of those emigrants he

was from rural New York, and that meant that he, together with

the others, was only a generation out of New England. Through

his mother, Bryant Walker was related to William Cullen Bryant.

The family in Detroit was Presbyterian in religious affiliation.

But either on one side or the other, there was some former con-

nection with the Society of Friends. In this, Mr. Walker ap-

peared to take rather more than the usual pride in such history or

tradition. The fact is curious. For although he had the full

measure of the Quaker's virtue of modesty, he had — the same

as the Quaker-born Isaac Lea — no whit of that meekness which

is the Quaker's rule of life. In a folder that was found on his

desk was copy of correspondence with a person who, he thought,

was retaining borrowed specimens unduly. "I insist," he wrote.

60 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

"upon the immediate return of the shells (all of them), whether

you are through with them or not. This is peremptory and final. ' '

Mr. "Walker was graduated from the University of Michigan in

1876 with the degree of B.A. It was the year of his first concho-

logical paper. It was written in collaboration with C. E. Beecher

who was to become a professor of paleontology at Yale University

and pre-decease his friend by 32 years. The slim little paper

listed the shells in the vicinity of Ann Arbor. Not until 1879 did

Mr. Walker venture upon a second effort. This was the year of

his graduation from the law school of his university and twelve

months after he had been licensed to practise law. Yet concho-

logical work was still going on if this is to be interpreted from

the secretaryship and then the presidency of the Detroit Scien-

tific Association, lasting from 1877 to some time after 1884. In

my hearing, the organization was never mentioned. Word of it

came from same casual reading of local history. All that was said

of it was that it had bought one of the Ward collections of rocks

and was having exceeding trouble in maintaining a home for the

possession.

Actual law practise began in partnership with the father, but

it was not made easy by that. The country was passing out of

the financial blight of the 1870s. Detroit was poor, and competi-

tion at the bar intensive. There were hard and discouraging

days. A friend recalled at the time of Mr. Walker's death that

one of the latter 's tasks had been to serve papers on passing

schoonermen who, to escape levy for debt, would sail as close to

the Canadian shore of the Detroit River as they could. It fell

to the young lawyer to learn the precise line of the international

border, to row a boat with daring, to dodge the missiles of sailors

and be deaf to their descriptive comment. The period of pro-

bation appears, however, to have been short. Fair living came

as the economic situation bettered. There was a marriage that

was to end tragically in scarcely a year by the death of the wife.

Two effects followed, an intensification of natural reserve as to

matters relating to himself and a concentration upon the interest

in shells.

The home that Mr. Walker occupied for the greater part of his

life was a three-storied, high-ceilinged, mansard-roofed house of a

October, 1936] the nautilus 61

type that flourished in Detroit in its simpler days and which now

is nearly a symbol of the slums. The attic was used as a study

during the early years. At best, it could hardly have been com-

fortable. Then a small, two-floored museum was built at the back

of the house, its windows looking out on a garden that strangely

remained a halting place for migrating birds long after the dis-

trict had ceased to be suburban even remotely. Toward the close

of the World "War, the museum was doubled in size. The ground

floor was devoted to gastropods, the upper to bivalves. When the

collection was moved in June to the University of Michigan at

Ann Arbor, a great pile of boxed shells was discovered in the attic

rooms, others on shelves in the basement where some were partly

buried under coal. Shells were in closets, on the tops of the forty-

two cases and in an entry- way which the household still spoke of

as the wood-shed.

The great allowance of space largely accounts for Mr. Walker 's

readiness to accumulate specimens. How many collections he

bought in entirety there is no precise way of learning. The

catalogues merely list the sources of the material and say nothing

as to the ways by which it was acquired. Of the purchases, the

proprietor was inclined to speak vaguely or to depreciate, and

he once told the writer that the collection, kept to land and fresh-

water shells, was in fact built up mostly by exchanges and the

small percentages that were taken as remuneration for identifica-

tions.

Examination of the catalogues has proven to be highly inter-

esting. The first was made in the back part of a university note-

book on physics, the date of which, 1874, can just barely be made

out. Therein are 6635 entries. The beginning is with ' ' Z. nitida.

Great Britain, ' ' and the Ypsilanti shells, which actually were ob-

tained first, follow scatteringly. There were experiments there-

after with a number of forms of catalogues until, finally, all the

items were laboriously copied into specially printed blank books

and cross-indexed with cards. These cards were small, and must

have supplied insufficient data. Yet Mr. Walker clung to them.

Experiment was over so far as they were concerned. Conserva-

tism of the same kind involved microscopes. Five handsome and

costly instruments turned up here and there among his effects.

62 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2) '

Yet the microscope he most frequently used was a feeble, awk-

ward, and imperfect mechanism that the college student of today

would think unworthy of his mishandling. It was with the crazy

Viennese apparatus that, for one thing, he studied the surface

sculpture of Somatogyrus. A little apologetically he said that

he knew its bad habits whereas the newer instruments raised in

his mind the suspicion that they were doing better than they

should. The conservatism had its limitations. It did not extend

to the ever-changing scientific nomenclature or cause him to

accept the International Code as inspired of heaven.

In all, Mr. Walker published 155 papers on mollusks. Count-

ing new names that he substituted for preoccupied names, he is

to be credited with 143 species. A paper of his on Ancylus was

issued by the Nautilus in 1902. Before the studies of the Ancy-

lidae were halted, he had prepared twenty-five papers on this

subject alone, brought together an extraordinary collection of the

family and obtained virtually all of its literature. Besides being

a remarkable record for painstaking, this will probably stand

as his best work. A second interest had a patriotic slant. It con-

sisted of compiling catalogues of the shells of Michigan. Five

such catalogues were made, and at his urging the Museum of

Zoology of his university put out a semi-popular handbook on the

moUusca of the state.

It seems likely that the work Mr. Walker did in his "free"

hours could not have been performed if it were not that he had

acquired speed in his labors and a singularly retentive memory

for minutiae. Where many of us rewrite and revise and irreso-

lutely set down our statements, he commonly wrote his papers

only once. Facts, references, footnotes and everything needed

marshalled themselves for him like proud, regimented soldiery,

and the end of the paper actually meant the end and not irksome

reincubation. Only four pieces of incomplete or unpublished

work have come to light.

Older students will remember the serrate handwriting that

was likely to lapse unconsciously, as Sterki's did, into a self-de-

vised shorthand and sometimes bring bewilderment rather than

enlightment. For illustration, "Salm T R. Marq Co. Mich." re-

vealed itself, after translation, to be Salmon Trout River, Mar-

October, 1936] the nautilus 63

quette County, Michigan. Type-writing, when he adopted it at

last, was difficult for him. He felt that it was forced on him,

and it vexed his sense of freedom.

A habitual formality in Mr. Walker 's letters was likely to give

a correspondent who never had met him an impression of over-

seriousness. The truth is that in speech he was more often

humorous than earnest or grave. He took an enjoyment par-

ticularly in jests upon himself. One such jest concerned the lost

species Planorbis multivolvis Case. He thought at one time that

he had found it and announced its rediscovery. Then, one sum-

mer, Professor C. A. Davis, whose pursuing problem had to do

with the formation of marl and peat in the glaciated area, visited

him at his cottage on Lake Superior. He came in one day with

a pocketful of the true multivolvis, having taken the specimens

from a small lake in which Mr. "Walker had partial ownership.

That, in Mr. Walker's own words, was putting him in his rightful

place as a shell collector.

The first section of the Walker will directed that the scientific

library and the collection of shells were to go to the University

of Michigan. This, clearly, was foremost in his mind, and, in-

deed, it was the most explicitly set forth provision of the docu-

ment. Edward Carey Walker had been a regent of the univer-

sity. He himself was twice a student of the institution. It was

in one of its halls that he was chosen to be the second president

of the Michigan Academy of Science, and there also that he was

given the honorary degree of Doctor of Science. While Dr. A. 0.

Ruthven was restoring the healthy breath of life to the moribund

Museum of Zoology, his warmest encourager and counselor was

Mr. Walker. For several years, funds of his sent annual expedi-

tions from the museum into the field and there were numbers of

other contributions, lost today to record, that supported educa-

tional enterprises. All these bound him sentimentally to the

university, and it was as a matter of course that his collections

should receive their final housing there.

The public offices that Mr. Walker held were of the unremuner-

ative, "good citizenship" order. He was trustee of Harper's

Hospital and trustee of the Detroit Medical College. He was a

member of the Wayne County Library Commission for ten years,

64 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (2)

for three years, president of the Detroit Museum of Art. He

acted as director of the Detroit Zoological Society, the organiza-

tion which promoted the public zoological park, and for a time

its president. Until its absorption into the state conservation

department, he served on the Michigan Non-game Licensing Com-

mission. The last of these offices was as a member of the Detroit

City Planning Commission.

Calvin Goodrich

HERBERT NELSON LOWE

The Long Beach newspapers of June 11th carried notices of

the death of one of the best known West American conehologists.

Herbert N. Lowe was born in Minnesota in 1880, and came with

his parents to California in 1887, spending short periods in Oak-

land, Santa Barbara and Pasadena. In 1899 they bought a small

tract of land in what was then the outskirts of Long Beach and

started a nursery which later grew into an extensive florist's

business. "With the growth of the city, this land became part of

a high class apartment house district.

Mr. Lowe's interest in shells began in his highschool days when

he attended a series of classes in conchology given by Professor

Josiah Keep at a local "Chautauqua." During his years of

active business life he found time for collecting at near-by beaches,

and by purchase and exchange built up a large collection. Vol.

13 of the Nautilus, 1899, carried his first paper, the account of a

dredging trip to Catalina Island, which secured a number of new

species. A trip to Cedros Island, oif the coast of Lower Cali-

fornia, extended the known range of a number of California

species southward.

After his mother's death, about 1925, Mr. Lowe devoted most

of his time to conchology, his first long trip being around the

world, when he collected in the south sea islands and visited many

museums and collectors in Europe. Trips to Florida and Cuba

(1927-8) resulted in a very fine collection of land shells of those

regions, several of the species being named in his honor.

His best work, and that which seemed to interest him most, was

begun in 1929, when he made the first of a series of trips down

October, 1936] the nautilus 65

that part of the Pacific coast lying between San Diego and

Panama. During these trips he visited every port which could

be reached by the regular steamship lines. Other places were

visited by airplane, private yacht, or by launches piloted by

native boatmen. A number of papers in The Nautilus tell of

collecting conditions at these places with interesting notes on the

ecology of some of the species collected.

Finding the identification of much of the material collected in

Mexico and Central America during the first three expeditions a

difficult task he took the collections east with him and worked

them up with the assistance of Dr. Pilsbry and by comparison

wdth the types in the U. S. National Museum, the Academy of

Natural Sciences and the C. B. Adams collection. A list of the

species was published in the Proceedings of the Academy of Nat-

ural Sciences of Philadelphia, Vol. 84, 1932, together with de-

scriptions of 125 new species and subspecies ; an important con-

tribution to the conchology of that coast.

Later trips include a cruise among the islands in the Gulf of

California and trips by auto to San Felipe, near the head of the

Gulf of California on the Lower California side and to Punta

Peiiasco and other points on the Sonora side. Descriptions of 26

new species collected on these trips, and a list of the species col-

lected at Punta Penasco appeared in the Transactions of the San

Diego Society of Natural History, Vol. 8, No. 6, 1935. On his

last expedition, to San Bias, Mexico, in December, 1935, some fine

material was secured, which had not been worked up at the time

of his death.

Mr. Lowe made large contributions from his West Mexican

and Central American material to the Museums of the Academy

of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, Stanford University, the

California Academy of Sciences and the University of California

at Los Angeles. Under his will his conchological collection and

library, together with an endowment fund of $25,000 for the

maintenance of the collection, is to be given to the San Francisco

Society of Natural History upon the condition that it will be

known as the ' ' Herbert N. Lowe Conchological Collection. ' '

Mr. Lowe had been a member of the Conchological Club of

Southern California for several years and was its president for

66 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (2)

the last two years of his life. Upon his death the following reso-

lution was adopted :

Resolved : that it is the sense of this meeting that our Club and

eonchological students in general have sustained a distinct loss.

And it is hereby moved that one copy of this resolution be spread

on the official minutes of the club, another sent to Mrs. Ella Gay-

lord, sister of Mr. Lowe, and a third be sent to The Nautilus.

He was also a member of the Academy of Natural Sciences of

Philadelphia and the American Malacological Union and was

elected to its Board of Directors in 1934.

A. M. Strong and Elsie M. Chace

BOSTON MALACOLOGICAL CLUB

The Boston Malacological Club has met regularly during the

past season in the rooms of the Boston Society of Natural History,

the meetings, eight in number, from October to May, inclusive,

falling on the first Tuesday evening of each month.

Five new members have joined during the year, and the Club

now has the largest number in its history, as well as a substantial

"nest-egg" in the bank — ^the bequest of a member who died last

year.

The October meeting was devoted, as usual, to the summer ex-

periences of members, in collecting, or in travel, and visiting

European collections. In November, Dr. Irwin W. Sizer, of

Massachusetts Institute of Technology, gave a paper on Oyster

Pest Control, describing research work done in Delaware Bay,

in the war on the destructive "drills," ZJrosalpinx cinerea, and

Eupleura caudata. At the December meeting, Mr. William J.

Clench and Mr. Henry D. Russell gave an account of some weeks

spent on little-known Cat Island, in the Bahamas — the topog-

raphy of the island, and their collecting. A fine series of moving

pictures added to the interest of their talk. In January the Club

was addressed by Dr. Standish L. Deake, of the Division of

Fisheries and Game for Massachusetts, who told of the work done

in conservation of natural resources, including the propagation

in hatcheries and faunas, of fish and game, and its distribution

in suitable localities. Dr. Joseph C. Bequaert, of the Department

October, 1936] the nautilus 67

of Tropical Medicine, Harvard Medical School, was the speaker

in February, his subject being African marine mollusca. At the

March meeting. Miss Bernadine Barker gave an account of a trip

to the West Indies, which included collecting on many of the

beaches, and showed moving pictures of places visited. On the

same evening, Mr. Russell showed moving pictures in color greatly

enlarged, of New England nudibranchs in their native pools.

These elicited much admiration from those present. Dr. Hervey

W. Shimer, of Technology, spoke in April, on Brachiopods, illus-

trating his paper with specimens and drawings, and at the final

meeting, in May, Dr. David L. Belding showed tables and charts

in connection with his researches into the growth of Venus merce-

naria of Prince Edward Island. The annual Field Day of the

Club, in June, starting from Worcester, Massachusetts, enabled

members to do collecting at various points on Cape Ann,

Officers for the coming year, elected at the May meeting, are :

President, Henry D, Russell.

Vice-president, Bernadine Barker.

Secretary-Treasurer, Theodora Willard.

Conchological Recorder, S. N. F. Sanford.

-r, , . >->, ... (Mildred Seymour.

Executive Committee, j^.^j.^^ j^^^^^j^

Theodora Willard, Secretary

SOME ERRONEOUS AND MISLEADING RECORDS

ON OCCURRENCE OF SHELLS OF THE HELMIN-

THOGLYPTA CUYAMACENSIS GROUP

BY WENDELL O. GEEGG

In checking over the records of occurrence of the shells of this

little known group, several obvious mistakes and misleading

records have come to my attention. In 1931, S. C. Field^ reported

H. cuyamacensis avus Bartsch from "the foothills of the Teha-

chapi Mts. in San Bernardino County." In the first place this

is no less than a misstatement as the Tehachapi Mts. have never

been in San Bernardino County, California. From 1850 to 1852

this area was included in Mariposa County. From 1852 to 1866

1 Nautilus, 45 : 29.

68 THE NAUTILUS [VoL. 50 (2)

it was included in Los Angeles County. In 1866 Kern County

was created and from that date to the present its boundaries

have included the Tehachapi Mts. and their foothills. A careful

search of Mr. Field's notes (with the Field collection and now

in the possession of Mr. F. R. Aldrich) reveals the more definite

locality "Tejon Ranch." This is located in the foothill region

on the northwest side of the Tehachapi Range. Bartsch^ gave

as the type locality of avus "Los Angeles County, California,"

and the fact that there have been many changes in our county

boundaries makes such a locality record still more vague and

uncertain. Mr. George Willett and I have examined the speci-

mens collected by Mr. Field and we are of the opinion that they

are correctly identified. The indefinite type locality given by

Bartsch led the writer on numerous field trips within the present

boundaries of Los Angeles County with the vain hope of redis-

covering this subspecies. Such efforts however were far from

wasted as they led to the discovery of no less than three well-

defined forms of Helminthoglypta which had previously been

undescribed. If further search fails to reveal Helminthoglypta

cuyamacensis avus Bartsch within the present limits of Los An-

geles County we may redefine the type locality as foothills on

northwest side of Tehachapi Mts., Kern Co., Calif., particularly

since this area was previously included in Los Angeles County.

In the same article Mr. Field reported H. c. venturensis

Bartsch from the eastern end of Soledad Canyon, Los Angeles

County. Through the courtesy of Mr. Aldrich I have examined

these shells and find them to be none other than H. fontiphila

Gregg^ which I have taken from a number of places in that can-

yon. As pointed out in a previous article the differences

between these two forms are very definite.

Mr. E. P. Chace calls my attention to an article by himself

appearing in "Lorquinia"* which also calls for comment. In

this article he lists the land snails which had been found by the

members of the Lorquin Natural History Club. Under Hel-

minthoglypta cuyamacensis Bartsch he gives the following: "One

2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 51, p. 610.

3 Nautilus, 45 : 50.

4 Lorquinia, vol. 2, p. 12, 1917.

October, 1936] the nautilus 69

immature specimen that is apparently of this species has been

found near Dawn Mine, Millard's Canyon [Los Angeles

County]." I have not had an opportunity to examine the shell

here referred to but it is unquestionably H. petricola sangabrielis

Berry.^ The immature shells of the papillose forms of Hel-

minthoglypta are difficult and in many instances impossible to

identify, but in the case of the Millard Canyon record sufficient

adult material has since been taken from this locality to definitely

establish what forms are to be expected there.

In the article^ in which Dr. Bartsch originally described H.

cuyamacensis cuyamacensis, he mentions two young specimens

collected by Kelsey from ''Paloma Mountains, San Diego County,

California, which he refers to that subspecies. This locality is

almost certain to be a misspelling of Palomar Mountains from

which locality Bartsch later described H. c. lowei. As typical

cuyamacensis does not occur at this loeality these two young

shells could be none else than H. c. lowei.

NOTES AND NEWS

WiLHELM A. LiNDHOLM, 1874—1935. — Dr. Lindholm, in charge

of the mollusk collections of the Academy of Sciences of Lenin-

grad, died in that city September 17, 1935. He published much

useful work on mollusks of Lake Baikal, the Crimea, Caucasus

region and other parts of the U.S.S.R., and on Palaearctic mol-

lusks generally.

Drymaeus multilineatus latizonatus, new subspecies. — The

typical form of D. multilineatus has dark bluish apical whorls,

and on the later whorls unequal, unevenly spaced, slanting brown

stripes on pale buff to nearly white ground, with a narrow dark

subsutural band and a dark basal area, and usually a narrow

band in the middle of the basal slope. Binney 's figure in Manual

American Land Shells, p. 404, f. 443 (copied from Terr. Moll.

3, pi. 58) is unlike any multilineata 1 have seen, as it has a dark

band in the middle of the upper surface in addition to the typical

bands described above. Many years ago (1912), Mr. Morgan

5 Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., vol. 10, no. 8, p. 62.

6 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 51, p. 611.

70 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

Hebard, who was collecting Orthoptera, gave me a wide-banded

form he found at the south end of Long Key. Later (1933) Mr.

Paul McGinty found the same form on Lower Matecumbe Key,

and I named it Z>. m, latizonatus in the collection. It differs from

multilineatus by having the subsutural seal-brown band much

wider (2 mm. or more), and the basal dark area covers most of

the base, the band above it being wider than in multilineata. The

slanting streaks are somewhat heavier than usual in that species,

but its chief feature is the exaggeration of the spiral markings.

Type 160880 ANSP., from Lower Matacumbe Key.— H. A.

PiLSBRY,

Trochonanina and Diastole. — Trochonanina Mousson [1869,

Jour, de Conch. 17 : 330] , proposed as a sg. of Nanina in a dis-

cussion of N. schmeltziana Mouss. [1865, J. de C. 13: 167], in-

cluded, without type selection, additional species, among them

Helix mozamhicensis Pfr. [1855, P.Z.S. London : 91] , from Africa.

Unfortunately, the prior subsequent designation of type appears

to be that of Kobelt [1880, Conch. 111.: 217], who chose "Helix

mossamhicensis Pfr." Unless Kobelt 's misspelling invalidates

his action, Trochonanina must replace Ledoulxia Bourguignat

(1885). Trochonanina ''Mousson" Garrett [1884, Jour. ANSP.

21] with designated type, Nanina schmeltziana Mouss., from

Samoa, becomes Diastole Gude [1913, Malac. Soe. London 10:

391], type by original designation. Helix conula Pease [1861,

P.Z.S. : 243], from Tahiti. I hope somebody can confute these

legal sophistries. — H. B. B.

HojEDA iNAGUENSis (Weinland). — Anatomy of animals col-

lected July 2, 1936, under rocks on Stock Island, Florida Keys,

is very similar to that [1926, Occ. P.M.Z.U. Mich., no. 167 : 13] of

H. vanattai (H.B.B.), as prophesied by Dr. Pilsbry [1926, Proc.

ANSP. 78 : 120] , but shows some approach to that of Hyalosagda,

sg. Lacteoluna (sect. Strialuna, Microsagda, Aerotrochus and

S.S.). The unbranehed penis proper shows a short, ovoid caecum

beyond the epiphallar opening (like in A. but bigger) and is en-

circled near its middle by a muscular band (as in A.). The

spermathecal retractor [cf. 1935, Naut. 48: 135] inserts around

the tapered apex of the secondary spermatheca and parallels the

October, 1936] the nautilus 71

spermathecal duct for a short distance (like in M.). The penial

retractor inserts near the vas deferens (as in S.). The later

shell- whorls of Hojeda have fine rib-striae (like in ;8^.) and accu-

mulate dirt more or less evenly (i.e., not forming costae or points

along coarser growth-wrinkles as in A. and L. s.s.). — H. Burring-

TON Baker.

LiGUUS AT Northwest Cape Sable, Monroe County, Florida.

— In 1885 Charles Torrey Simpson, on his first field trip in lower

Florida, found at Northwest Cape Sable a colony of Liguus resem-

bling the typical Liguus crenatics Swainson of Cuba. This form

with its elongated shape and green spiral lines was named Liguus

crenatus capensis Simpson. We were surprised to find on our

visit to the Cape that the green lines associated with this form

were almost totally absent. The fringe of hammock at the Cape

had been rather thoroughly worked and we were at loss to account

for the change in character. In Miami I learned from Mr. Albert

Pflueger of a small isolated hammock just to the north of the one

we visited in which individuals do have the green lines of Simp-

son's original lot. Mr. Pflueger 's extensive field-work as a taxi-

dermist has taken him to many remote places in Florida resulting

in many valuable contributions to the field of conchology. He

also tells me that Northwest Cape is not, as supposed, a pure

colony of Liguus crenatus capensis Simpson, for specimens of

the yellow Liguus crenatus lossmanicus Pilsbry have been taken.

— Thomas L. McGinty, Boynton, Florida.

How Some SnahjS Survive Grass Fires. — A curious example

of the ability of one species of land snail to survive fires, while

another species of the same genus at the same station succumbs,

came to light last winter. In Pinellus County, Florida, the pe-

ninsula on which St. Petersburg is located, it is quite customary to

burn the grass and weeds from vacant tracts and lots at intervals.

The fires are of short duration, but hot while they last. In Long

Key we searched for snails at many stations that all showed evi-

dence of recent fires, some of them but a few months back, from

Pass-a-Grille northward. Invariably we found a few Euglandina

rosea (Fer.), and numerous Polygyra cereola (Megerle), all dead,

Succinea, partly alive, and Polygyra uvulifera (Shuttleworth) in

72 THE NAUTILUS [VOL. 50 (2)

abundance, mostly alive. While I was puzzling over this dis-

crepancy, D. L. Emery one day remarked that the favorite cover

for P. uvuUfera is among and beneath the thick basal leaves of a

species of thistle. "We visited the localities and found it to be

true. We also found some Succineas alive under the leaves, but

no Euglandina nor P. cereola. The leaves provided complete pro-

tection for the P. uvulifera, which then spread rapidly from their

haven of safety and repopulated the surrounding areas. — Junius

Henderson, University of Colorado.

Helix axia Bgt. and Helix lactea Muller in Florida. — Early

in 1936 D. L. Emery led me to a colony of Helix (Otala) axia Bgt.

at Pass-a-Grille, southwest of St. Petersburg, Florida. There

were many dead shells on some vacant lots, where grass fires had

wrought havoc with the snails. However, under lilies and other

cover on one lawn we obtained about two dozen live adults and

saw many immature ones, which were not taken. Later Mrs.

Henderson and I visited a colony of Helix (Otala) lactea Miiller,

under the guidance of Mr. Emery, accompanied by Norman W.

Lermond and Miss Florence Nelson. It is on Cabbage Key, near

Pass-a-Grille. The key was once inhabited, but has been un-

occupied for several years. The buildings have been destroyed

by fire and there is abundant evidence of grass and brush fires

in and about the former garden tract. Dead shells were abun-

dant, but we found only a few immature and one mature snail

alive. Probably the introduction of these Old World snails at

both localities was rather recent, as we found no old shells buried

in the sand at either place. They are both natives of Southern

Spain, Morocco and Algeria, and were probably introduced to

Florida for food purposes. Specimens from each colony were

sent to Dr. Pilsbry and identified by him as above indicated. Mr.

Emery also furnished us with specimens of H. lactea from Niagara

Falls, N. Y. Dr. Pilsbry writes that he has it from markets in

New York City, Baltimore, Philadelphia and Buffalo. — Junius

Henderson, University of Colorado.

Dr. C. Montague Cooke, Jr., malacologist on the staff of B.

P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu, has been elected corresponding

member of the Natural History Museum of Vienna, in recogni-

tion of his publications and work in assembling materials and

records relating to Pacific land snails.

The nautilus

Vol. 50 January, 1937 No. 3

THE TYPE LOCALITY OF OREOHELIX

STRIGOSA (GOULD)

BY ALLYN G. SMITH

Who collected the first specimens of Oreohelix strigosa (Gould)

and where were they found?

This is a question that has piqued the interest of students of

this genus of West American land snails for a long time and

probably it can never be answered with exactitude. However,

some new material collected relatively recently on the Columbia

River in Washington, has revived interest in the type locality of

strigosa, and this, together with a review of the itineraries of the

explorers to when its discovery is attributed, have led to some

deductions and conclusions that will, it is hoped, result in fixing

the general locality, if not the exact place where it was dis-

covered.

As is well known, 0. strigosa was described from shells col-

lected in 1841 by the U. S. Exploring Expedition under the

leadership of Commander Charles Wilkes. The locality was first

given by Gould as the ''Interior of Oregon,"^ a sizeable terri-

tory, as the "Oregon" of that day included what is now the

states of Oregon, Washington, Idaho, and part of Montana, its

nebulous boundary extending northward into British Columbia.

In 1856, ten years after it was described, Gould figured strigosa,

and in 1852 said that it "Inhabits Puget Sound (Pickering) :

Columbia River (Drayton)."^

Conchologists interested in Oreohelix have known for a long

time that Puget Sound as a locality for strigosa was an error,

and out of the probable range of the genus. The Columbia

1 Gould, A. A. Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist. vol. 2, 1846, p. 146.

2 Gould, A. A. U. S. Explor. Exp. Moll. 1852, p. 36; Atlas, 1856, pi. 3,

figs. 41, 41a, 41b.

(73)

74 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

River, however, being partly in the "interior of Oregon" re-

mained as the possible territory in which to look for the "lost"

species, but even this presented some difficulties, as the river is

about 1400 miles long from source to mouth. Perhaps this ex-

plains the fact pointed out by Henderson in 1929,^ that "three

quarters of a century have elapsed and no one has found it in

either the Puget Sound Basin or along the Columbia River, but

for that matter no one has found it with any certainty anywhere

else." Even the experienced collectors J. G. Cooper and Henry

Hemphill, who did much work along the Columbia, did not come

across it.

Commander Wilkes' narrative of the U. S. Exploring Expedi-

tion* not only makes interesting reading for those who like early

discovery but it provides information on the possible type

locality of 0. strigosa. Two of the Expedition's overland parties

are of special significance.

The first of these was commanded by Lt. R. E. Johnson and

among its personnel was Charles Pickering, Expedition natural-

ist, and J. D. Brackenridge, assistant botanist. After leaving

the base at Fort Nisqually, this party crossed the Cascades (prob-

ably at Natches Pass) and reached the Columbia River some-

where near Vantage Ferry. They went north along the west

bank, crossed the Wenatchee and Entiat Rivers by means of

Indian canoe, crossed the river three miles north of Entiat and

then went out of the valley of the Columbia, not reaching the

river again until their arrival at Fort Okonagon, at the mouth

of the Okonagon River. They then explored the Grand Coulee

and proceeded north, reaching the Columbia a third time and

followed it to Fort Colville. From Fort Colville the party went

into Idaho, then came south to Walla Walla, proceeded up the

Columbia River to the Yakima River which they followed up-

stream, finally crossing the Cascade Mts. on the way back to their

base the same point as before. According to Wilkes, this party

made a large addition to the plant collection but unfortunately

he did not mention any other specimens that may have been

obtained.^

3 Henderson, Junius. Univ. Colorado Studies, vol. 17, no. 2, 1929, pp.

88-89.

4 Wilkes, Charles. U. S. Explor, Exped. vol. 4, 1849.

5 Ibid., p. 170.

January, 1937] the nautilus 75

The second party was really a one-man expedition, undertaken

by the Expedition's artist, Mr. Joseph Drayton, who accom-

panied a Hudson Bay Company boat "brigade" carrying sup-

plies to the forts up the river and to interior posts. The trip

proved strenuous as portages had to be made around the Cas-

cades of the Columbia, the Dalles, and the mouth of the Des-

chutes River. Drayton left the brigade at Fort Walla Walla,

visited Dr. Marcus Whitman at his mission, and made a horse-

back trip to the Blue Mountains. Returning to the Fort, he

remained there thirteen days sketching and making notes and

then proceeded to the Cascades of the Columbia on horseback,

taking five days for the trip, and finished his journey to Fort

Vancouver by boat. Drayton also did some collecting as Wilkes

testifies at several points in his narrative.® Later he drew the

figures for many of the beautiful illustrations for the reports for

the Expedition, including those of 0. strigosa.''

Although Gould mentioned Drayton as one of the collectors

of 0. strigosa, one is led to question this in view of his itinerary

up the Columbia River, the short time that must have been avail-

able for collecting en route, and the results of more recent work.

The fact that Dr. Pickering, with Lieut. Johnson's party, is also

mentioned is significant in view of later findings and because

the "Puget Sound" locality is now recognized as an obvious

error.

Some of the ground explored by the Johnson party and by

Drayton was covered by the writer in 1931 and is now accessible

over excellent paved highway. Oreohelix, conforming closely

with Gould's original description except for average size and

color-banding, was collected in rock slides at the confluence of

the Entiat River with the Columbia, about 15 miles south of the

lower end of Lake Chelan. This locality is interesting in view

of the following passage from Wilkes on the intinerary of Lieut.

Johnson's party:

"On the 6th, after travelling seven miles they reached the

banks of a small stream, called by the Indians Entitecoom, but

known to the Canadian Voyaguers as Point de Bois. . . ."^

6 Ibid., pp. 315, 366, 378, 380.

7 Ibid., p. 324.

8 Ibid., p. 431.

76 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

Being one hundred feet wide at the mouth and too deep to ford

"they therefore continued up [this] stream for about a mile and

a half" without finding a suitable place to cross, returned to the

mouth, were ferried across in canoes with Indian assistance, pro-

ceeded north along the Columbia for three miles, and then were

forced to cross it, again with the help of friendly Indians.

Inasmuch as a few additional specimens of the same race of

Oreohelix were collected four miles north of the mouth of the

Entiat River in 1931 it would have been possible for Dr. Picker-

ing to have collected Oreohelix in the exact same place, or very

near it, in the process of taking botanical and other specimens.

The north bank of the Columbia, for several miles above and

below the Entiat, is close to the valley wall, which is precipitous

and covered toward its base with talus slides that would afford

excellent cover for Oreohelix.

William B. Marshall, late of the U. S. National Museum,

kindly supplied information on the type specimen of 0. strigosa,

and commented on a series of shells from Entiat that were for-

warded to him for comparison.®

He wrote :

"We have the specimen figured in the Exploring Expedition and it is no.

5441 of our collection, is marked type, and the locality given as Puget Sound.

There is no doubt that it is the specimen shown in plate 3, figures 41, 41a,

and 41b. . . . The specimen that we have here and that we regard as type, is

smaller than the measurement given by Gould. Its diameter is only f of an

inch. This would be in the neighborhood of 4mm. less than the 9/10 of an

inch given by Gould. ' '

"Of the Entiat specimens I may say they are larger, the aperture is some-

what rounder and less oblique than the type, the basal and interior colors of

the specimen returned to you are almost exactly like the type and the colors

of the spire are very similar, but in the one returned there are here and

there faint indications of narrow spiral bands, and in most of the specimens

kept here there is a distinct spiral chestnut band. The type has no band in

the upper surface. The returned specimen [now Calif. Acad. Sci. No. 5843]

has the nucleus a little larger than in the type but some of those kept here

have the nucleus about the same size as in the type."

Thus it seems logical to assume that the type locality of 0.

strigosa can be fixed definitely in the Valley of the Columbia

River, probably at the point where the Entiat River enters it,

or at least not far from this point. Farther down the Columbia,

between Celilo and Rufus, on the Oregon side of the river, 0.

» Marshall, Wm. B. Letters dated October 24, and November 17, 1931.

January, 1937] the nautilus 77

variabilis Henderson is found. Farther up the river, on the

steep slope bordering the south side of Lake Chelan, a totally

different race was collected. However, much collecting must yet

be done over a considerable territory along the Columbia above

Umatilla before the limits of the range of typical 0. strigosa can

be defined.

THE FAMILY CYPRAEIDAE IN THE

HAWAIIAN ISLANDS

BY WILLIAM M. INGEAM

University of Hawaii

The confusion which results from the inclusion, in various

collections of and articles on Hawaiian Cypraeidae, of cowries

which do not occur within hundreds of miles of the Hawaiian

archipelago, warrants a paper which segregates the Hawaiian

species from those found in other regions of the Pacific. This

article will summarize in a check-list those species which are

found in Hawaii, eliminating those which are foreign.

Of the many species of the genus Cypraea, twenty-nine are

found in Hawaii. Most of these may be taken in the shallow

reef waters, although with the exception of Cypraea caput-ser-

pentis L., none is common. The author has collected eleven

species of the total number, and has obtained three in the fossil

state.

To Mr. Jens Mathias Ostergaard I wish to express my sincere

appreciation for his helpful encouragement and assistance. I

am indebted to Mr. David Thanuum for the use of specimens in

his private collection, and to Mr. Edward Bryan for his courtesy

in allowing me to use the shells housed in the Bernice P. Bishop

Museum, Honolulu.

Cypraea arenosa Gray, Zool. Jour., i, p. 147, pi. 7, 12, f. 6, 1824

This species is dying out in the Hawaiian Islands and is very

rare.

In 1905 Mr. Jens M. Ostergaard collected four individuals from

the Honolulu Harbor dredgings.

There are three specimens in the L. A. Thurston collection

which is housed in the Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Honolulu.

78 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

One of these was taken at North Kona, Hawaii, August 30, 1925.

Two were taken between Punnoa Point and Mala Wharf,

Lahaina, Maui, June 1925.

Mr. David Thaanum has four specimens collected at Lahaina,

Maui in 1936, and two others that were collected in about twenty

fathoms of water at Waikiki, Oahu, also in 1936.

Mr, Ted Dranga has five specimens in his collection: one was

taken at Waikiki, Oahu, August 9, 1936 ; three were collected at

Lahaina, Maui, June 1936, and one specimen was taken at Fort

Kamehameha, from the channel entrance of Pearl Harbor,

January 25, 1927.

Ctpraea annulata Gray. Zool. Jour., iv, p. 88, 1829

Although rare in Hawaii, this shell has been taken in dredg-

ings from the Honolulu Harbor.

Cypraea caputserpentis Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1175, 1767

In Hawaii this is the commonest species of the genus. It shows

a racial difference from the South Pacific form by darker mar-

ginal filling and brown interstices between the teeth.

Cypraea carneola Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1174, 1767

Several very large specimens which came from the island of

Maui are in the Thurston collection in the Bishop Museum. It

is not abundant; the author has taken a number of specimens

from the washed dredgings from Honolulu Harbor and from

Sand Island in the Harbor.

Cypraea cicercula var, tricornis Jousseaume. Revue et Mag.

Zool., p. 9, pi. 1, f. 3, 4, 1847

The typical Cypraea cicercula L. has the base of the shell

painted with four conspicuous chestnut spots, while the Hawaiian

variety has never been collected possessing these spots. This is

never taken alive, but is quite common in the old dredgings from

Honolulu Harbor.

Cypraea cruenta Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3420, 1790

Quite rare in number of individuals collected alive, this species

is fairly common on some of the Islands as beach shells.

January, 1937] the nautilus 79

Cypraea erosa Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1179, 1767

This species is apparently almost extinct in Hawaii, but com-

mon in the fossil state on Oaliu.

Cypraea fimbriata Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3420, 1790

This is the smallest of the Hawaiian cowry shells. A large

specimen is about half an inch in length. It is not uncommonly

taken alive, and is quite common in the beach sands.

Cypraea helvola Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1180, 1767

Robert's note on the Hawaiian form is as follows, "Those

shells from the Sandwich Islands are often pale yellow, faintly

spotted, with a w^hitish base and extremities. ' '^ This description

applies only to the faded dead shells which were dredged in vast

quantities from Honolulu Harbor channel at various times. It

is common as a beach shell, but rarely taken alive.

Cypraea Isabella Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1177, 1767

This species is common, but rarely taken because of its con-

cealment in coral heads.

Cypraea lynx Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767

This form is very rare, although an occasional shell may be

taken on the beaches. The author has taken but one specimen, a

fossil, embedded in limestone on Sand Island.

Cypraea madagascariensis Gmelin. Syst Nat., p. 3419, 1790

This is one of the five endemic Hawaiian species. It is rarely

taken alive, but is commonly picked up on the beaches of the

Island of Kauai. It is also not an uncommon beach shell on

Oahu.

Cypraea mauritiana Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767

The Mauritius cowry is one of the largest of the Hawaiian

forms. It is always taken where there is a strong, breaking surf.

It is quite common, being sold as a curio in many of the stores on

Oahu.

1 Eoberts, ' ' Monograph of the Family Cypraeidae, ' ' Manual of Conchol-

ogy, Vol. 7, p. 194, 1885,

80 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

Cypeaea moneta Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., 1178, 1767

The money cowry is apparently restricted to three localities

on the Island of Oahu: Kaneohe Bay, Kewalo Basin, and

Waikiki. It is not at all common.

Cypraea nucleus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1181, 1767

Occasionally an individual of this species is collected along the

beaches. It is very rare ; a number were obtained in the dredg-

ings of the Honolulu Harbor.

Cypraea ostergaardi Dall. Nautilus, vol. xxv, pp. 49, 50, Oct.,

1921

Only nine specimens have ever been collected. Mr. Ostergaard

collected five, and four have been found since his first collection.

This form is one of the endemic species.

Cypraea peasei Sowerby. Thes. Conch. Cyp., No. 113, f. 167,

168, 1870.

The shell is thin and light, the most delicate of the Hawaiian

Cypraeidae. It is rare. Mr. Jens. M. Ostergaard has eighteen

specimens taken from Honolulu Harbor dredgings of 1905 and

1915.

Mr. David Thaanum has twenty specimens taken at Hilo,

Hawaii, and one specimen from "Waikiki. The Hilo specimens

were collected in 1920 ; the Waikiki specimen in 1936.

Mr. Ted Dranga has one specimen in his collection taken at

Waikiki, Oahu, September, 1936.

Cypraea poraria Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., 1180, 1767

This shell is often found on the beaches. It is rarely taken

alive.

Cypraea punctulata Gmelin. Syst. Nat., p. 3404, 1790

This shell is quite common in the dredgings from Honolulu

Harbor. The beach shells are not uncommon. It is rarely taken

alive.

Cypraea rashleighana Melvill. Jour, of Conch., V., p. 288, pi.

ii., f. 26, 1887

January, 1937] the nautilus 81

Beach shells of this species are only occasionally collected, but

it is frequently found in dredgings from Honolulu Harbor.

Cypraea reticulata Martyn. Universal Conchology, pi. 15,

1782

This shell is fairly abundant, being taken alive and as a beach

shell on Rabbit Island, Oahu, and elsewhere.

Cypraea semiplota Mighels. Proc. of the Bost. Soc, ii, p. 24,

1848

One of the endemic species, this form is found in quantity on

the beaches, and the live mollusk is almost as frequently found

in the shallow reef waters.

Cypraea scurra Chemnitz. Conch. Cab. vol. x, pi. 144, p. 103, f.

1338, 1788

This species is rare in both the living and dead states. Mr.

Jens M. Ostergaard collected four individuals in dredgings from

Honolulu Harbor in 1915.

Mr. Ted Dranga took one live specimen at the channel entrance

of Pearl Harbor, near Fort Kamehameha, January 25, 1927.

The author has ten specimens taken in 1935 and 1936 from the

old Honolulu Harbor dredgings at Fort Armstrong, Oahu.

Cypraea sulcidentata Gray. Zool. Jour., i, p. 148, 1824

One of the endemic species, this mollusk is not uncommon in

the Honolulu Harbor dredgings. The living and dead forms are

to be collected in greater quantity on the Pearl and Hermes Reef

than anywhere else on the Islands. The author has taken two

live shells off the shores of Rabbit Island, Oahu.

Cypraea talpa Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1174, 1767

Occasionally an individual of this species is taken alive. Dead

shells in almost perfect condition may be found in the dredgings

on Sand Island in Honolulu Harbor.

Cypraea tessellata Swainson. Zool. Jour., i, p. 150, 1824

An endemic form, this shell is very rare. Dead, it is to be

found occasionally on the beaches and, more frequently, on Pearl

and Hermes Reef.

82 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

Cypraea TIGRIS Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767

This is the largest and possibly the rarest of the Hawaiian

Cypraea. Mr. David Thaanum has one specimen in his collection

that was collected alive by Mr. Thaanum and Mr. Dranga on the

reef at Lahaina, Maui, 1936. This is the first authentic record

of this species being taken alive in the Hawaiian Islands. One

specimen was taken alive by two men with a diving helmet off the

Waikiki reef in front of the Royal Hawaiian Hotel, 1936. This

specimen is now in Mr. Ted Dranga 's collection.

Cypraea vitellus Linnaeus. Syst. Nat., p. 1176, 1767

Several specimens have been collected in the fossil state on

Oahu.

It is very rarely taken alive. Mr. Ted Dranga has two indi-

viduals collected by Mrs. Paul Byer on the reef at Moku 0 Loe

Islet in Kaneohe Bay, Oahu.

Mr. Jens M. Ostergaard has in his collection two specimens

which he himself took on the Waikiki reef, Oahu.

The author has one specimen in his collection that was collected

by Mrs. R. T. Christofferson on Moku 0 Loe Islet reef in Kaneohe

Bay, Oahu in 1927, and one specimen that was dredged from

Honolulu Harbor, Oahu.

Mr. David Thaanum has three specimens taken in Kaneohe

Bay, Oahu, 1916.

Cypraea childreni Gray. Zool. Journal, vol. i, p. 518.

Mr. Jens M. Ostergaard collected two dead specimens from the

Honolulu Harbor dredgings, and has observed a number in the

fossil state in the limestone outcroppings on the island of Oahu.

GONIOBASIS COLUMBIENSIS WHITEAVES

BY CALVIN GOODRICH

Through the kindness of Mr. Aurele La Rocque of the National

Museum of Canada, I have been privileged to examine the types

of Goniohasis columhiensis Whiteaves. The species was described

and figured in the Nautilus, 19, 1905: 61, 62. The specimens

had been collected twenty-two years before this, the locality being

January, 1937] the nautilus 83

given as "Headwaters of the Columbia River, at Upper

Columbia Falls, in the East Kootenay District of British

Columbia."

Whiteaves said he had thirty-seven individuals. Those now in

the type lot number twenty-seven. No measurements are sup-

plied, but those of one figure are approximately 23.75 mm. alti-

tude, 13 mm. diameter; of the other 19 mm. altitude and 11.50

mm. diameter. The largest at present in the type lot is 11.25 by

8 mm. The average for the ten largest is 12.60 by 7.02 mm. It

is likely that the figures represent enlargements rather than miss-

ing specimens, and that the measurements of the shells illustrated

were not taken for making the drawings.^

The spiral ridges or keels of Whiteaves' description, observed

in the immature shells, are merely a feature of adolescence and

virtually a constant in Gonioliasis. In these shells, they are

angulations following the carinae of infancy and preceding the

rounding of the adult body whorl. The "very numerous and

closely disposed striae" are microscopic, as Whiteaves says, but

they do not occur in all the specimens as might be inferred from

the description. The ratio of specimens so sculptured to the

unsculptured mollusks is one to three. Two other shells have

faint spiral malleations on the upper whorls. Spiral striae some-

times appear in species that are ordinarily smooth. All members

of a colony may have them, which would suggest a racial modifi-

cation, or only a few individuals, as in these types of columhien-

sis. They could be caused simply by a slight folding of the

mantle edge where the calcic glands are concentrated. Whiteaves

states that the opercula were not preserved. They are still pres-

ent, but are deeply withdrawn in the shells. One was obtained

by soaking in water and exercising a little patient manipulation.

It is neomelanian, and as regards the position of the nucleus and

the coiling of the spiral lines it is unlike the operculum of any

West Coast Goniohasis with which I have been able to compare it.

Comparison of the moUusk is made with G. Uvescens (Menke)

by Whiteaves, Uvescens being the common pleurocerid of Ontario.

1 Three of the original specimens were presented to the Acad. Nat. Sci.

Phila. by Whiteaves, (No. 90181). The adult figured measures 13.8 mm.

long, 8.5 mm. wide, the smaller, immature shell 11.4x6.5 mm.; figures drawn

by the editor. — Ed.

84 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

Shells closely resembling columhiensis have been taken in

Niagara River and the Maitland River at Goderich, Ontario ; also

in streams of Ohio discharging into Lake Erie and in the upper

Wabash River. My own belief is that columhiensis is, in fact,

livescens, and that in the twenty-two years aforementioned — time

enough for many grievous things to happen in a museum — labels

were mixed and the shells became finally and improperly assigned

to British Columbia. There is, of course, the possibility that the

species is a depauperate form of some member of the G. plicifera

group which inhabits the Columbia River. G. aterina Lea, acuta-

carinata (Lea) and proxima (Say) of the southern Appalachian

country are depauperates as is also G. nigrina (Lea) of northern

California. Improverishment is marked in aterina, for one thing,

by a flattening of the whorls ; in acutacarinata by an extreme con-

vexity of the whorls and in nigrina by convexity somewhat less

pronounced. The whorls of depauperate examples of livescens,

occurring sometimes in springs, are flattened, tightly-coiled.

G. columhiensis has the slightly produced aperture, the sinuous

lip, the flattened upper whorls, the neo-melanian operculum and

the general appearance of G. livescens.

A CALIFORNIAN POMATIOPSIS

BY H. A. PILSBEY

PoMATiopsis CHACEi, ncw spccics.

The shell is somewhat similar to P. calif ornica Pils., but differs

by being of more slender shape and in sculpture. It is brownish

olive with whitish apex, composed of 5 strongly convex whorls,

the apex rather obtuse. Sculpture of very light wrinkles of

growth and a close, fine, microscopic spiral striation, the striae

waved, visible chiefly on the last whorl. Umbilicus moderately

open. Aperture of the usual widely ovate shape, brown within,

the peristome simple, the columellar and parietal margins thin.

Length 4.4 mm. diam. 2.7 mm., length of aperture 1.8 mm.

From a swampy place 6 miles up the highway from Klamath,

Humboldt Co., California, collected by E. P. and E. M. Chace,

1933 and 1936. Type and paratypes 168402 ANSP., other speci-

mens in the Chace collection.

January, 1937] the nautilus 85

This is the third Californian Pomatiopsis — more than in any-

other state. P. hinneyi (Tryon) is much smaller than chacei,

relatively wider, with a decidedly thickened inner lip. None of

the Californian species has yet been observed alive to see whether

they have the peculiar gait of P. lapidaria.

ONCHIDIUM (ONCHIDELLA) FLORIDANUM DALL

BY WILLIAM J. CLENCH

Nothing additional concerning this species has been published,

apparently, since the original description by Dall (Proc. United

States Nat. Mus. 8, p. 288, Aug. 1885). The original locality,

Knight's Key, is located in the lower Florida chain of Keys just

west of Key Vaca, and the only locality given.^

Surprisingly enough, 0. floridanum is one of the most abun-

dant moUusks to be found along the southwest coast of Florida

between Cape Romano and Cape Sable. These two capes delimit

the western edge of the Everglades, which, in this region, is

fringed with mangroves for nearly its entire length, interspersed

with few and not very large ''high" islands that support the

usual south Florida flora.

Many of the outer islands or keys, both mangrove and "high,"

are flanked with oyster bars and upon these bars the Onchidium

were found crawling in considerable numbers. This little mol-

lusk is very readily overlooked as it is shell-less, only 10-20 mm.

in length, flattened, dark green in color and with a somewhat

papillose surface. Its general appearance is like a small subcir-

cular piece of sea-weed. They "nest" in the crevices created by

the oyster shells and do most of their moving and feeding at

low tide. As the tide covers the bars they seek protection within

and between the dead oyster shells. More than 100 specimens

were counted to the square yard at several localities, though gen-

erally, the count was much under this figure.

The following are records based upon specimens collected in

1931. Between Cape Romano and Shark River, however, they

were noted at all places that we stopped, though specimens were

1 The limits assigned to the distribution of this species in Johnson 's list

(1934) were based upon the material we collected in 1931. Exact localities

are now given.

86 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

not always preserved: Tarpon Bay, Sanibel Island, Lee Co.;

Horse Key, 11| mi. S. E. of Marco, Collier Co. ; small key, 7| mi.

N. N. W. of Lossman's River, Monroe Co.; Plover Key, 5 mi.

N. N. W. of Lossman 's River, Monroe Co.

This extends the northward range to Charlotte Harbor which

is about 150 miles north of Knight's Key.

NOTES ON ISCHNOCHITON OPHIODERMA AND

MILNERIA KELSEYI

BY FRED BAKER

A number of years ago I discovered that Dr. Dall had described

Ischnochiton ophioderma from Panama in 1908^ and had used the

same name for a Panama specimen in 1920.^ I wrote Dr. Dall

suggesting a new name for the second species. I soon received

an answer saying that, on comparing the two types, he found that

he had described the same species twice, fortunately using the

same name both times on account of the "snake skin" appearance

of the specimens. It seems well to report this to prevent a new

name being given to replace the second one.

Another report which it seems well to make for the convenience

of workers on west coast shells concerns Milneria minima Dall and

Milneria kelseyi Dall. The first was originally described as

Ceropsis minima.^ Ceropsis being preoccupied, the name was

changed to Milneria minimal

In describing 31. kelseyi,^ Dr. Dall remarked that it had been

confused with M. minima and that it could be best described by

using the two species for comparison. By a curious error he re-

versed his type specimens so that the description of M. minima

is really the description of the new species. To read the descrip-

tions correctly, one must reverse the names throughout the whole

article.

1 Bull. Mus. Comp. Zoology, XLIII, 1908, No. 6, p. 356.

2 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., LV, 1920, p. 506.

3 Am. Jour. Conch. VII, 1871, p. 152, pi. 16, fig. 5.

4 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., VIII, p. 549, pi. 24, figs. 5-7.

5 Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., LII, 1917, p. 408.

January, 1937] the nautilus 87

LAND SNAILS OF KADIAK

BY S. STILLMAN BERRY

Redlands, California

Published records of terrestrial Mollusca from southern Alaska

are not numerous. Our distributional knowledge is extremely

scanty over wide areas, hence the interest in any new contribution,

however small. The ensuing notes derive from a series of speci-

mens taken on Camp Island in Karluk Lake, Kadiak Island,

Alaska, Sept. 2, 1935. I am indebted for the privilege of examin-

ing and reporting upon them to their collector, L. D. Townsend.

Haplotrema sp. One imperfect dead juvenal,

Euconulus fulvus alaskensis Pilsbry. 12 specimens. These

seem to me to resemble the original figures of alaskensis much less

than they do certain of Pilsbry 's comparative figures of fulvus s.s.

(Proc. Ac. Nat. Sc. Phila. 1910, p. 132, f. 26-27). However, I

quite share Henderson's recently expressed inability (Univ. Colo.

Stud. 23 (4) : 258, 1936) to effect a clear-cut separation of our

western form of fulvus into two races as is repeatedly attempted

in the literature. Certainly there is not the hiatus which Pilsbry 's

notes and figures might lead one to attempt to find between them.

The lack of spiral striae stated as one attribute of alaskensis

fails to hold even for all Alaskan specimens (e.g., some collected

for me by Dr. W. A. Hilton at Skagway) when subjected to suffi-

ciently high magnifications. The question of these races and

their distribution would bear a thorough reconsideration, keeping

in mind not only the important consideration of microscopic

sculpture, but the possibility that both height of shell and num-

ber of whorls may increase more rapidly than shell diameter with

the approach of full maturity.

Pristiloma arcticum (Lehnert). 3 specimens.

Retinella hinneyana occidentalis H. B. Baker. 1 specimen.

The spiral striation is more obscure in this example than in the

paratype of the subspecies kindly sent me by Dr. Baker, but it

can be made out to some extent. So far as revealed by my search

of the literature this constitutes a new record for the territory.

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb). 9 specimens. All are small

for the species if mature. I am continually more convinced that

88 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

an exhaustive analytical and zoogeographical overhauling of the

entire cronkhitei series is an important desideratum.

Punctum conspectum (Bland). 9 specimens.

Vertigo modesta (Say). 3 specimens.

Vertigo modesta ultima Pilsbry. 1 mature specimen ; a juvenal

in the lot may be the same.

DISTRIBUTION OF FOSSIL OYSTERS OF HAWAII

BY J. M. OSTERGAAED

The giant fossil oyster, Ostrea kamehameha Pils., formerly

known as 0. hryani Pils., has to within the present time been

known to occur only at the Waianae limestone quarry, from

whence several complete specimens have been obtained.

This summer the two valves of an entire shell was found in

cesspool digging at Kupikipikio, commonly known as Black Point,

and located at the eastern side of Diamond Head crater. Upon

examination of the limestone dug from the cesspool an entire

valve and several fragments of this oyster was found among other

fossil pelecypods and gastropods. Persons present during the

digging of the cesspool stated that the limestone in which the

oyster was found was immediately overlain by a ten-foot stratum

of tuff, which in turn was covered by 30 feet of basaltic lava rock.

The volcanic tuff belongs to Diamond Head crater, while the

basalt overlying it has been ejected from Kupikipikio.

By examining the limestone sea cliff a few hundred feet away

from the cesspool, I located at an elevation of about 15 feet above

the sea a compact bed of 0. kamehameha in which numerous

specimens occurred firmly cemented into a solid mass. Since the

limestone in which this oyster bed was found is free from both

tuff and basalt detritus, it is evident that it antedates both Black

Point and Diamond Head craters and that the oyster bed is part

of that reached by the cesspool digging.

The two localities now known for 0. kamehameha are about 30

miles apart, linear measurement, and the age is presumably late

Pleistocene.

Another fossil oyster, Ostrea retusa "Pease" Sby., has been

known only from the Pearl Harbor region of the island of Oahu,

January, 1937] the nautilus 89

where it has been found, (1) in the Waipio railroad cut, (2) be-

tween the middle and westerly lochs of the harbor and (3) on

Ford Island — all of which localities lie within a radius of about

five miles.

In the year 1926 in a sand pit excavation at the spur between

Manoa and Palolo valleys an oyster conglomerate containing

shells in abundance of this species was found associated with

beach shells of the species now living. This was the innermost

marine deposit on this part of the island and about two miles

from the present shore line. This site is about 15 miles in linear

measurement from the type locality of Waipio and the age appears

to be late Pleistocene.

A NOTE ON THE FOSSIL MARINE FAUNA

DREDGED FROM THE JAPANESE SEAS

BY SITIHEI NOMURA and KOTORA HATAI

Contribution from the Institute of Geology and Palaeontology,

Tohoku Imperial University, Sendai, Japan

The marine fauna inhabiting the seas surrounding Japan is

gradually becoming well known through the extensive dredge

operation and other oceanographical observations made by the

S.S. Soyo-Maru of the Imperial Fisheries Experimental Station

at Tokyo Fisheries Experimental Station at Tokyo, the S8. Hukiii-

Maru of the Hukui Prefectural Fisheries Station, besides many

other local fisheries stations, biological institutions, etc. However,

although we have considerable knowledge, there remains much

more room for further knowledge concerning the marine fauna

of our waters.

Recently, this necessity for more knowledge was strongly felt

as a result of many fossils being dredged from the seas of certain

parts of Japan. Without further dredgings in shallow seas, we

cannot expect to gain a full knowledge of our fauna.

In the present report we wish merely to state some of the in-

teresting fossils known from the seas bordering Japan on the one

hand and to state some of the interesting problems now facing

us in this subject.

90 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

According to H. G. Richards,^ the marine shells found on the

"Banks" of North Carolina, comprise a fauna consisting of a

large percentage of shells that appeared to be fossil. He says,

''Many were very worn; others were black in color and resembled

those often found on the New Jersey beaches and which were

considered as having been washed from some nearby Pleistocene

deposit."

The presence of certain Pliocene species on the "Banks" is

explained by him as "The Pliocene (Waccamaw formation) is

probably not very deeply hurried near the shore line and it may

form the sea bottom some miles off shore, ' ' and that the Pleisto-

cene (Pamlico formation) probably extends seaward, dipping

beneath the recent deposits of the sea floor. From the geographic

distribution of the species collected, their state of preservation,

relation to the geological formation of the adjoining district and

mixed characters of the fauna, Richards concludes that "While

it is undoubtedly true that many warm water species do occur

near Cape Hatteras, it is probably that some of these records are

based upon Pleistocene fossils found on the beaches," and that

" it is desirable that living specimens be obtained when recording

a new northern or southern limit for a species. ' '

A questionable record for Panomya arctica Lamarck is given

by R, A, McClean.^ According to him, P. arctica was dredged

dead from a newly charted canyon on the south side of George's

Bank in 290-328 fathoms (40 21 N. 67 50 W) . The known bathy-

metric range for this species is said to be 25-115 fathoms; thus

the present record either extends the known range in depth or it

was carried to this depth by a landslide of the substratum. How-

ever, H. Stetson is of the opinion that the recent mud in which it

was found "rests on a clay, possibly Tertiary in age, which

occurred at a comparable depth in another canyon. ' '

It is hard to decide whether the dead shell obtained by them is

a fossil or a recent one. Both authors have logical views, prob-

ably future dredgings will settle this problem.

W. H. DalP records Upper Cretaceous fossils from the sea bot-

1 H. G. RICHARDS; Some Shells from the North Carolina "Banks,"

Nautilus, ^5(4), 130-134, 1936.

2 R. A. mcclean; Panomya arctica Lamarck, Nautilus, ^■^(l), 34-35, 1935.

3 w. H. DALL ; Tertiary Fossils Dredged off the Northeastern Coast of

North America, Contri. Pal. Lab., Peabody Mus., published in Amer. Jour.

Sci., 10, 213-218, 1925.

January, 1937] the nautilus 91

torn of a depth of 200 fathoms off Banquereau, Nova Scotia ; ques-

tionable Eocene fossils from George's Bank ; Miocene, questionable

]\Iiocene, Pliocene, questionable Pliocene, and questionable Pleis-

tocene fossil mollusca from the sea bottom of George's Bank.

Probably other such records are also found in literature of vari-

ous countries. Probably more noteworthy than the records of

fossils dredged in foreign waters is the profound fact that the

Japanese waters, especially that of the Japan Sea, yields a large

number of fossil vertebrates. In the following lines the records

of some fossil marine animals are briefly given.

H. Niino* records from the sea bottom of the Tyosen Strait the

following species of fossils, namely : CorMs civica Yokoyama from

depths of 73, 146 and 139 meters ; Pecten intuscostatus Yokoyama

from depths of 90, 99, 112, 139, 192, and 219 meters; Pecten

heteroglyptus Yokoyama from 139 meters; Poromya flexuosa

Yokoj^ama from 90 meters ; Thyasira lisecta Conrad from 194 and

249 meters ; Lora yamanii Yokoyama from 100 meters ; Turricula

suhdeclivis Yokoyama and Turhonilla morsel Yokoyama from

130 meters ; and Carharius cuspidatus (Agassiz) from 249 meters.

Of the fossils just mentioned, Pecten heteroglyptus is a charac-

teristic Pliocene fossil first appearing in the Lower Miocene of

Japan, extending its range upward to the Middle Pliocene.

Thyasira hisecta is found in the Oligocene, Miocene and Pliocene

of Japan where it makes several distinct f aunal horizons of wide

distribution ; it is not yet known to be living in the waters sur-

rounding Japan, although an isolated broken valve is reported

from the Strait of Tyosen (Korea). Carcharius cuspidatus is

frequently met with in the Miocene of Japan.

Fossil marine mollusca, brachiopoda, foraminif era, diatoms and

sponge spicules are widely distributed in the sea bottom of the

Japan Sea,^ extending from Hokkaido at the north to the Strait

4 H. NilNO; Fossil Localities in the Sea Bottom of the Tyosen (Korea)

Strait, Jour. Geol. Soe. Jap., 4^(546), 383-386, 1 pi., 1934 (Japanese).

5 H. NiiNO; On the Discovery of Thyasira hisecta conrad in the Sea Bottom

of the Tyosen Strait, Jour. Geol. Soe. Japan ^1(487), 176-182, 1934

(Japanese). Ditto, Bottom Material of "Western Tugaru Strait, ibid., 41

(495), 713-726, 1934 (Japanese). Ditto, On Soundings at Musasi-tai, Geogr.

Kev. Japan, 12 {2), 85-95, 1936 (Japanese). Ditto, On Soundings from the

Banks between the Oga Peninsula and Sado Island in the Northeastern Part

of the Japan Sea, Jour. Imp. Fisher. Inst., 31{1), 1935.

92 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

of Tyosen at the south. Even the existence of a submerged forest

is reported by M. Shimakura^ at Uodu in Toyama prefecture.

According to him, from the 90 samples of fossil woods from the

submerged forest, "the submerged forest may be considered to be

analogous to those now living in the southern part of the Tem-

perate regions of Japan," and that "The forest, if it were in

Akita district, grew on an eminence of more than 100 m. above

the sea level. ' '

The single dorsal valve of Coptothyris grayi (Davidson),'^ a

brachiopod, once recorded from off Arakawa, Tiba Prefecture, in

23 meters, has the appearance of being a fossil. And now with

other data at hand, we are of the opinion that it really is a fossil.

From the same station was also found a single valve of Pecten

swiftii Bernardi, encrusted with bryozoa on the inner side of the

valve and with a solitary coral adhered to its outside; this also

appears to be a real fossil. Further, soft gravels of calcareous

sandy shale or calcareous fine sandstone containing fossil fora-

minifera belonging to Quinqiieloculina lamarckiana d'Orbigny,

Glohigerina inflata d'Orbigny and Eponides haigeribergii d'Or-

bigny was recorded from the Banks of Senoumi in Suruga Bay

by H. Niino.*

Besides the many fossil moUuscan shells which are dredged

from the sea bottom of the Japan Sea, there are also many fossil

woods, brachiopoda, plant leaves, foraminifera with the prob-

ability of finding fossil corals and other preservable marine inver-

tebrate animals. The fossil plant leaves once mentioned by h.

NnNO are of considerable interest in the fact that closely similar

ones are known from the Neogene Tertiary deposits of the adja-

cent region.

Of the many kinds of marine animals which are supposed to be

fossils, probably the foraminifera present the most interesting

and difficult problems. Firstly, because they are easily carried

6 M. SHiMAKURA ; On the Woods of the Submerged Forest of Uodu,

Toyama-Ken, Japan, Sci. Eep. Tohoku Imp. Univ., Geol., 15(3), 299-310,

1936.

7 K. HATAi ; A List of the Eecent Brachiopoda Dredged from the Littoral

Sea of the Pacific Side of Boso Peninsula, Central Japan, Rec. Ocean. Wk.

Jap., 5(1), 1-17, 1936.

8 H. NiiNO ; On the Soundings from the Banks of Senoumi in the Bay of

Suruga, Japan, Jour. Imp. Fisher. Inst., 29 {2), 69-91, 3 pis., 1934.

January, 1937] the nautilus 93

from the original place of habitat by waves, currents and other

such oceanographical phenomena, or by landslides or submarine

disturbances, to either deep water where they did not live or to

shallower water. Secondly, since their living parts have not yet

been discovered in the material dredged from the sea bottom of

the Japan Sea, it is difficult to prove their existence in that region.

Thirdly, merely the presence of polished shells, fresh appearance

and mode of preservation are not sufficient data to prove their

existence in that region, due to the fact that the Pliocene Byoritu

Beds of Taiwan (Formosa), the Pleistocene Ryukyu limestone

formation of Kikai-zima in the Ryukyu Island Ground, and sev-

eral other localities in the Kwanto Region of Central Japan, yield

fossil molluscan shells in such perfect preservation that not only

the minutest detail of the sculpture is retained but also the origi-

nal coloration is very often preserved ; in fact, a large number of

them are in a state of preservation exceeding those now found

strewn along the beaches. Fourthly, because their soft parts are

hard to obtain, even although there are reports dealing with the

living foraminifera. Such minute creatures are easily carried

to and fro by agencies including winds.

In fact, H. Niino^ reported the occurrence of fossil foraminifera

from Tosabae, a marine bank situated at the entrance of Kii

Strait, 50 km. off the coast of Cape Muroto, Tosa Province,

Sikoku, Japan. The rocks building up the bank are apparently

the same as those building up the Neogene formation developed

in Aki-gun, near Cape Muroto, where fossil foraminifera and

mollusca are known to occur. ^° The description given by H.

Niiuo brings to mind the ' ' Banks ' ' of North Carolina mentioned

by Richards, although the Japanese one is submerged while the

American one is above sea-level. If the relation between the

bank and the mainland mentioned by Niino is similar to that of

the North Carolina "Banks" to the mainland, i.e., geologically,

then it may be possible that we shall be able to find some fossil

shells washed out from the Pliocene deposits of the coasts of near

Cape Muroto in the recent fauna found strewn along the beaches

8 H. NIINO; On the Soundings at Tosabae, Geogr. Eev. Japan, 11(8), 679-

687, 2 pis., 1935 (Japanese with English resume).

10 M. YOKOYAMA ; Pliocene Shells from Tonohama, Tosa, Eep, Imp. Geol.

Surv. Japan, 104, 9-17, 2 pis,, 1929.

94 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

of Tosa Bay. This possibility is very great and probably we shall

yet hear of records of fossils in the recent fauna there.

The very interesting article by w. h. twenhofel^^ dealing with

the problem of environment in sedimentation and stratigraphy,

is of much value in dealing with the problem stated above, and

without full consideration of his article, we believe that the palae-

ontologist as well as biologist will not arrive at accurate results

in analyzing a marine fauna of doubtful fossils intermingled.

Furthermore, in order to deal with the problem of palaeo-ecologi-

cal conditions, difference in geographic distribution of living and

fossil forms, or evolution of climatological conditions, we sincerely

believe, and take this opportunity to state, that the four phases

of environment as discussed by W. H. Twenhofel are not only

most important, but should also be studied in the field^^ to the

extent possible, to bring about conclusions worthy of scientific

recognition. Mere assumptions without any sufficient data is not

only a bad means of study but also one that does more harm than

good.

The presence of fossils in the Japan Sea bottom is of interest

not only from the view of the palaeontologist but also from that

of the geologist. We have already submitted^^ a short note on

the possible explanations to the fossil fauna of the Japan Sea.

In short, we believe that the fossils are really those of the Plio-

cene Daisyaka Shell-beds which are widely distributed in Mutu

province, a part of Northwest Ugo province, and in Sado Island,

but not on the intermediate adjacent districts. The limited dis-

tribution in the region south of Oga Peninsula, its occurrence on

Sado Island, wide distribution north of Oga Peninsula, together

with the submarine topography and general distribution of the

fossils in the Japan Sea lead us to believing that the fossils belong

to no other than the Pliocene Daisyaka Shell-beds. These beds

overlie the next older, Natukawa Shell-beds of Lower Pliocene

11 w. H. TWENHOFEL; Environment in Sedimentation and Stratigraphy,

Bull. Geol. Soc. America, 42, 407-424, 1931.

12 In regard to studies in the field relating to this subject, one of our

papers is now in press; it is entitled "The Geologic Significance of the

Eecent MoUusca from Nagahama, near Isnomaki, Eikuzen Province, Japan."

In it the four phases mentioned by w. h. twenhofel are carefully studied

and good examples are found in the field.

13 To be published in Eecords of Oceanographic Works in Japan, 1937.

January, 1937] the nautilus 95

age ; this latter mentioned beds cover extensive area in the region

south of Oga Peninsula. Thus it seems that the presence of fos-

sils in the Japan Sea and especially if they really belong to the

Daisyaka Shell-beds are important data in dealing with the his-

tory of the Japan Sea on the one hand and form a basis of inter-

esting comparative study of the marine fauna which consists of

both living and fossil animals.

THE OCCURRENCE OF TETHYS WILLCOXI IN NEW

ENGLAND WATERS, AND ANOTHER RECORD

FOR THIS LOCALITY

BY DANIEL MEEEIMAN

Osborn Zoological Laboratory, Yale University

Tethys willcoxi was originally described by Heilprin (1886)

from Florida, and the members of this genus are most commonly

found in tropical waters on the Atlantic coast. But there are

occasional records of the species, willcoxi, from New England.

These records are, however, comparatively rare, and in most

cases consist of only one specimen. This fact indicates that the

species can hardly be considered indigenous to that section of the

coast, and it is more likely that its infrequent occurrence in the

region is best accounted for by the proximity of the Gulf Stream.

Thus in the Woods Hole and Marthas Vineyard area, where this

current passes close by, and on which it may encroach more at

certain seasons and in different years than in others, are found

various tropical organisms which are completely out of their

usual range and yet are carried there or materially assisted in

their progress by the Gulf Stream. Tropical forms in northern

waters but some distance away from the Woods Hole region are

more difficult to account for. It must be assumed that individ-

uals of this kind reached these latitudes with the aid of the Gulf

Stream, and that they then migrated by themselves through ab-

normally cold waters or were perhaps helped along by smaller

currents, so that they eventually arrived in such a locality. The

present record for Tethys willcoxi is one of the few which belongs

to this latter type.

96 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

Accounts of Tethys willcoxi in northern waters from the Woods

Hole region are summarized by Sumner, Osburn, and Cole (1911)

as follows :

"Katama Bay, October 31, 1900, 1 large specimen. . . . Buz-

zards Bay, near Woods Hole, October 11, 1906, 1 specimen (prob-

ably of this species) taken in a lobster-pot. During October,

1910, this mollusk was taken rather frequently throughout the

waters of the region, one or more specimens being recorded from

New Bedford, Westport, Buzzards Bay (near Woods Hole), Lam-

berts Cove, Tarpaulin Cove, Eobinsons Hole, and Menemsha

Bight. ..."

Records from northern waters but not in the immediate vicin-

ity of Woods Hole are much more rare. Sanford (1922) men-

tions one from Narragansett, R. I., in October, and Dr. Wesley

R. Coe deposited in the Peabody Museum at Yale University a

single specimen (No. 4755) sent to him from Plum Island, N. Y. ;

this individual was taken in October, 1921.

It is noteworthy that all the records of Tethys willcoxi in these

latitudes are in October, and the present capture of this species

is no exception. On October 25, 1936, the author was at New-

port in connection with an investigation of the striped bass for

the Connecticut State Board of Fisheries and Game. A speci-

men of Tethys willcoxi was taken at this time from one of Mr.

Clifton L. Tallman's large floating fish traps which was located

less than a mile offshore from the rocks east of Bailey's Beach.

The individual was a dark brown all over while alive, and it

emitted large quantities of the typical Tyrean purple fluid from

its mantle. After it had been preserved in formalin for a short

while the purple fluid changed to a reddish hue, and the animal

began to lose the coloration it had in life. The * ' greenish ' ' tints

and ** coarsely cloud-marbled" condition described by Pilsbry

(1896) had appeared in three weeks. At this time the foot had

turned noticeably lighter, while the edges of the pleuropodia or

swimming-lobes, part of the mantle, and the head region were

definitely olive-green. The inside of the pleuropodia retained

their original dark coloration, with a distinct purple tint which

probably came from the fluid the animal emitted while still alive.

January, 1937] the nautilus 97

The size of the specimen — measurements taken three weeks

after preservation — was as follows : length, 10 ems. ; height, 7.3

ems. ; width, 6 cms. The shell was 56 mm. long and 43 mm. wide.

This individual has been given to the Bingham Oceanographic

Laboratory, and is deposited in the Peabody Museum at Yale

University.

References

Heilprin, A., 1886. A New Species of Aplysia. Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci. Phila., p. 364.

Pilsbry, H. A., 1896. Manual of Conchology. First Series, 16,

p. 80.

Sanford, S. N. F., 1922. Tethys willcoxi in New England Waters.

Nautilus, 35, pp. 80-82.

Sumner, F. B., Osburn, R. C, and Cole, L. J., 1911. A Biolog-

ical Survey of the Waters of Woods Hole and Vicinity. Pt.

II, Section III. A Catalogue of the Marine Fauna. Bull.

U. S. Bureau of Fisheries, XXXI, p. 704.

THE WEST VIRGINIAN PUPILLIDAE IN THE

CARNEGIE MUSEUM

BY STANLEY TEUMAN BROOKS

Through the collections of Mr. Gordon M. Kutchka, of this lab-

oratory, Mr. Neil D. Richmond, of Fairmont, Professor G. R.

Hunt, Fairmont Teachers College, Professor M. S. Briscoe, Storer

College, Harpers Ferry, and Mr. Paul Ridgeway, Ridgeway, West

Virginia, 199 records have been added to the list published by

me in March, 1935 (Annals of the Carnegie Museum, Vol. XXIV,

pp. 61-68). Among these one new species was found and de-

scribed (I.e. Vol. XXV, p. 121) and 18 species and two genera new

to the state were added.

The collections were mainly from siftings of forest loam and

debris. Fifty large samples were collected by Mr. Kutchka and

ten by Mr. Richmond. Mr. Hunt and Mr. Briscoe made their own

collections and submitted the cleaned specimens. All in all our

collecting has been quite exhaustive in the areas studied, but many

of the western counties remain to be investigated. Additional

records or siftings from other collectors are welcome.

Gastrocopta pentodon gracilis and Gastrocopta armifera clappi

are found in few localities associated with the typical forms.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WILLIAM GREENE BINNEY

BY ARTHUE F. GRAY

I. List of Writings of William Greene Binney: 1856-1892

1-3. Notes on American Land Shells and Other Miscellaneous

Conchological Contributions. Vol. I, 1856-1874. By W. G.

Binney, Burlington, N. J., Printed for the Author, 1874. The

same, Vol, II, 1874-1876. Burlington, N. J., 1876. The same,

Vol. Ill, 1876-1892. Burlington, N. J., 1892. (These title

pages were privately distributed by author.)

4. Descriptions of Terrestrial Shells of North America. By

Thomas Say. Philadelphia, 1856, 12 mo., pp. 46, 1 plate. (Here

Mr. Binney has brought together Mr. Say's scattered papers and

generally inaccessible writings, particularly those relating to our

terrestrial species.)

5. Descriptions of American Land Shells. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, Feb., 1857, pp. 18-19. {Helix intercisa, H.

Nickliniana var., and Succinea lineata described.) Also pub-

lished separately.

6. Note on Helix thyroides. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist.,

April, 1857, VI, pp. 128-129.

January, 1937] the nautilus 99

7. Descriptions of two supposed new species of American Land

Shells. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., April, 1857, VI, pp. 157-

159. (Succinea lineata and Helix intercisa described.)

8. Notes on American Land Shells, No. 2. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, Oct., 1857, pp. 183-189.

9. Notes on American Land Shells, deposited by Mr. Say, and

still preserved in the collection of the Academy. Proc. Acad.

Nat. Sci., Philadelphia, Oct., 1857, pp. 192-193.

10. Report on Land Shells Collected on the Survey. Reports

of explorations and surveys to ascertain the most practicable and

economical route from the Mississippi River to the Pacific Ocean,

made under the direction of the Secretary of War, in 1854-5,

Vol. VI, pp. 111-114. Washington, 1857. (Helix fidelis Gray,

H. Nnttalliana Lea, H. infumata Gould, H. aeruginosa Gould,

H. Diipetithouarsi Desh. and H. Oregonensis Lea, noted.)

11. Notes on American Land Shells, No. 3. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, May, 1858, pp. 188-189. (Succinea Haydeni,

Helix Cooperi, Newberry ana and Bulimus patriarcha described

as new.)

12. Notes on American Land Shells, No. 4. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, Nov., 1858, pp. 197-211. (A Catalogue of the

Air-breathing Mollusks embracing 247 species.) Also published

separately.

13. The Complete Writings of Thomas Sav on the Conchology

of the United States. Edited W. G. Binney, 1858, pp. 252, 75

plates.

14. Notes on American Land Shells, No. 5. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, July, 1859, pp. 188-189.

15. Catalogue of Land Shells, p. 725. From Explorations in

Nebraska. Preliminary Report of Lieut. G. K. Warren, Top.

Eng., &c. Dr. F. V. Hayden's Report on Geology and Natural

History. From Executive Documents, printed by order of the

House of Representatives, during the second session of the 35th

Congress, 1858-59, Vol. II, Part III, pp. 723-725, Washington,

1859.

16. The Terrestrial Air-Breathing Mollusks, of the United

States, and the Adjacent Territories of North America. Vol.

IV, by W. G. Binney. From the Boston Journal of Natural

History, Vol. VII, pp. 207 with 6 colored plates.

17. A Supplement to the ''Terrestrial Mollusks of the United

States, &c. ' ' Boston Journal of Natural History, Vol. VII, No. 1,

pp. 1-207, wath 6 plates. (The plates in Nos. 16 and 17 are

numbered in continuation of those in the third volume of the

"Terrestrial Mollusks" by Dr. Amos Binney, as these papers

form a continuation of that work.)

100 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

18. I. Remarks on a species of Leda. II, Notes on the Geo-

graphical Distribution of N. A. Terrestrial and Fluviatile Gas-

teropods, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Feb., 1860, pp. 49-

50. (II. Also published separately.)

19. Notes on American Land Shells, No. 6. Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, May, 1860, pp. 150-154. (This list contains

all species then described as inhabiting Mexico. )

20. Descriptions of New Species of Pulmonata in the Collec-

tion of the Smithsonian Institution, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-

delphia, May, 1860, p. 154. (Pedipes lirata and Onchidium Car-

penteri are here described.)

21. Catalogue of the Terrestrial and Fluviatile Gasteropods in-

habiting the Continent of North America, from Smithsonian Mis-

cellaneous Collections. Distributed, in form of proof about 1860,

pp. 15.

(To be continued)

NOTES AND NEWS

Marquis de Gregorio's Claiborne Types. — It may be of inter-

est to Tertiary paleontologists to know that the type and figured

specimens of the Eocene species described by the late Marquis

Antoine De Gregorio in "Monographic de la Faune Eocenique

de I'Alabama," Annales Geol. et Pal., 7 et 8 liv., 1890, are in the

De Gregorio home, Via Molo 132, Palermo, Italy. This informa-

tion was gained through correspondence with Prof. Dott. Ramira

Fabiani, Direttore dell'Istituto e Museo di Geologia della R.

Universita di Palermo, Palermo, Italy, and Rosalia De Gregorio,

daughter of the Marquis. — K. Palmer, Paleontologieal Research

Institution, Ithaca, N. Y.

Arion circumscriptus Johnston. — A new record for Western

New York MoUusca is that of Arion circumscriptus Johnston,

discovered in my yard in Buffum Street, Buffalo. Four speci-

mens were taken on September 28th as the result of a search in-

spired by Mr. A. La Rocque's suspicion that the range of this

species is much greater than that hitherto known. These speci-

mens have been deposited in the Buffalo Museum of Science. —

Imogens C. Robertson.

TuRBONiLLA (Pyrgiscus) delmontana, new name. — ^Miss A.

Myra Keen has called my attention to the fact that Turhonilla

January, 1937] the nautilus 101

(Pyrgiscus) delmontensis Bartsch (1927 Proceedings U. S. Na-

tional Museum, vol. 70, art. 11, pp. 9 and 10, pi. 2, fig. 11) is pre-

occupied by Turhonilla {Turhonilla) gilli delmontensis Bartsch

(1907 Proceedings U. S. National Museum, vol. 33, p. 494, pi. 44,

fig. 7). I therefore now propose for it the name Turhonilla

(Pyrgiscus) delmontana. — Paul Bartsch.

Oreohelix strigosa capax. — This name is proposed for the

capacious form taken near McCammon, Idaho, noticed by Hen-

derson and Daniels in Proc. A. N. S. Phila. 1916, p. 338, as 0. s.

depressa; also 1917, p. 54. Type is 112865 ANSP.— H. A. Pils-

BRY and J. Henderson.

Are the Conodonts Molluscan Teeth ? — The tiny tooth-like

fossils known as conodonts are discussed by Prof. F. B. Loomis

in Journ. of Paleontology, Oct. 1936, p. 663, who argues that they

are radular teeth of gastropods. The closest similarity is to

rachiglossate teeth. So far as I know, gastropods of families

having this type of radula did not appear until some time in the

Mesozoic. The known conodonts are all Paleozoic, when the sea

snails had, presumably, radulae with the rhipidoglossate and

taenioglossate forms of teeth, which do not resemble conodonts

closely. Some conodonts resemble certain cephalopod teeth. —

H. A. P.

BUCCINUM BAERI MORCHIANUM (FiSCHER) NOT A TeNABLE

Name. — In 1858 Dunker (Novitates Conchologicae, Mollusca

Marina, part 1, pp. 2-3, figs. 2-3) used the name Bucdnum

morchianum for what appears to be a form of B. glaciale Linn.,

apparently the same as the one later (1919) named B. g. paral-

lelum by Dr. Dall. That Dunker 's name was really published in

the year 1858 seems certain. Not only was it in part one of the

volume which, according to the title-page, ran from 1858 to 1870,

but the appearance of the first two parts of this work was an-

nounced on pages 202-203 of the Journal de Conchyliologie for

October, 1858.

In 1859 Fischer (Journal de Conchyliologie, vol. 7, p. 299)

used the name Volutharpa morchiana for a mollusk apparently

a form of Bucdnum laeri (Middendorff, 1848). Dr. Dall used

102 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

Fischer's name as of 1858, probably because volume 7 of the Jour-

nal (as a whole) was so dated. The fact is, however, that the part

in which Fischer's name appeared was dated March, 1859.

From the above it appears clear that B. morchianum Dunker

has priority over B. morchianum (Fischer) and should be used

for the carinated form of B. glaciate, now known as parallelum

Dall. This leaves the smooth form of B. baeri without a name,

which is probably entirely fitting, as a large series of specimens

of B. baeri in the writer's collection indicate that shape of shell,

and presence or absence of sculpture in this species are individual

characters and have no significance geographically.

Mrs. I. S. Oldroyd (Stanford Univ. Publ. Geol. Sci., vol. 2, part

1, p. 258) followed Dr. Dall in the use of the name morchianum

(Fischer). In her plate 27, however, the two figures supposed

to represent this form are really B. g. morchianum Dunker. This

plate is further complicated by the fact that the numbers on the

Buccinum figures and those on two figures of Chrysodomus

saturus Martyn are transposed. — G. Willett, Los Angeles

Museum.

Notes On Anomia aculeata Muller. — Anomia aculeata

Miiller was recently brought up in the dredge by the ketch

"Atlantis" of the Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution from

two stations, both of which were from greater depths than the

maximum depth of 80 fathoms given for the species in Johnson's

"MoUusca of the Atlantic Coast." Both stations were on

Georges Bank; the first, N. 40° 23', W. 67° 39', tow 20, at a depth

of from 350-155 fathoms; the second was (Corsair Gorge) N.

41° 21', W. 66° 08', tow 23, in a depth of from 271-130 fathoms.

The specimens were brought up attached to shells during the lat-

ter part of July, 1936, by W. E. Schevill and H. Stetson.

One specimen from the former station had unusually long

spines. There appears to be considerable variation in the devel-

opment of the spines of this species. Many specimens assume the

structure of a ''corrugated roof," as figured in Gould-Binney,

while in others the structures are raised at a right-angle from the

plane of the shell, and directed away from the umbo. One speci-

men in the collection of the Museum of Comparative Zoology has

January, 1937] the nautilus 103

the spines represented as raised ridges radiating at regular, well-

spaced intervals from the umbo to the margin of the valve, while

another has the minute spines arranged in a very close-set order.

Occasionally the spines occur only on the outer edges of the shell ;

however, more frequently the entire upper valve is profusely cov-

ered with the projections. — Richard W. Foster.

CoNus Mus HwAss., IN Lake Worth, Florida. — On the first

day of June 1936 Mrs. Lyman and I started on our usual collect-

ing trip for the day. This was to our favorite Pecten (Euvola)

ziczac grounds. Upon arriving at the beach and viewing the

ocean we were so thrilled over the calmness and clearness of the

water that we changed our plans. We decided to inspect some

rocks at another point on the coast, rocks inaccessible except in

extremely calm weather. We would look for Cyphoma gibhosa

instead. It had long been our desire to find CypJioma gibhosa in

numbers. So we headed for these rocks. The tide was extremely

low. Out I went with ray water-glass and the usual spear for

protection from octopus, shark, and the dreaded barracuda.

Cyphoma gibbosa should be living on gorgonias growing on these

rocks. My fellow-collector followed, investigating every nook

and crevice as she went along in three feet of water. Soon I

began noticing some very small coral formations of a porous

nature. Having investigated such formations many time and

at many localities it was mere persistence and curiosity that

caused me to turn over just one more such head of coral. As

they have many cavities and worm tunnels I was never able to

understand why there were so few living shells in them. Imagine

my surprise when upon turning over the first piece of coral I

found two living Conus mus. Ye Old Tymers, Hear Me ! You

fellows who have made great finds. The Next Coral Hid Three.

Mrs. Lyman was immediately called. She came in a hurry

out to my depth of water which was about five feet. Instantly,

as soon as she heard the news, she turned a coral rock. Three

living Conus mus were under it. Knowing all Conus are reputed

to be poison if they stick their fangs into one I went to the car

for my dip-nets, and we began taking these rare specimens. The

tide was changing. The water came in fast. The breakers

104 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

started. We paid little attention to these handicaps. Hanging

onto the water glasses, turning every specimen of this particular

coral, we continued to look for these much desired Conus mus.

"We forgot all about sharks even though one had been harpooned

that day at the spot. We were getting living Conus in numbers !

One hour of this was all the waves and tide would let us stand.

We went ashore and counted our catch. We each "believe it or

not," had taken exactly the same number, 78 each. One hundred

fifty-six living adult sized Conus mus in one hour. Do you

wonder that we forgot entirely the matter of collecting Cyphoma

gihlosaf

This was truly a great find. Too good to keep from our fellow

collectors Miss Stella Cooper and Capt. Will E. Poland. We

could hardly wait to drive up to tell them of our good fortune.

Like all ambitious collectors we had to have some fun so I put

fifteen Conus mus into one bottle with alcohol. These fifteen had

been found under one rock. The remaining one hundred forty-

one I put into another glass container. Thus armed for some fun

we motored to Miss Cooper's home. '* Captain Bill" was there.

The fifteen specimens were proudly exhibited to him. Little diffi-

culty was experienced in getting Capt. Poland to agree to drop

his work and go with me the next day for Cyphoma gihhosa and

at the same time to take some Conus for him. The 141 cones were

not necessary to bait him up, but they came near to compelling

me to then and there buy lighting equipment and to go with Capt.

Bill for a search on the night low tide. He saw our great catch,

yet could hardly believe his sight to be true. To take that many

Conus mus in Florida is enough to make any one pinch himself.

Truly This Was a Great Day! — Frank B. Lyman, Lantana,

Florida.

A Mussel Taken From the Stomach of Bana cateshiana

Shaw. — Among a series of unaccessed duplicates in the Bryant

Walker collection, a specimen of Carunculina texasensis (Lea)

was found that, according to the label, was recovered by H. E.

Hubert from the stomach of a large Rana cateshiana Shaw from

Louisiana. The mussel has the following dimensions : length 40

mm., height 25 mm., diameter 18 mm. Although C. texasensis

January, 1937] the nautilus 105

is not considered a large mussel, it is surprising that this frog

would have utilized it as a part of its diet. The writer has no

knowledge that such frogs are to be considered among mussel

predators, and consequently considers this observation worthy of

being recorded. Often the parasitologist is faced with the prob-

lem of what eats what, and, as in this case, we are at times

astounded by what such stomach examinations reveal. — Henry

VAN DER SCHALIE.

Lampsilis cariosa (Say). — Through the kindness of Mr. John

H. Huntington we are indebted for a fine series of Lampsilis cari-

osa which he had collected in the Connecticut River at Hadley,

Massachusetts. All of the specimens were recently dead, prob-

ably killed during the floods of early spring. They had evidently

been washed up from the deeper waters of the river onto a sand

bar and became exposed during the low water stage of the river

in September.

Certain of these specimens are larger than any record for this

species. In addition to our measured specimens, we give the

largest recorded by Ortmann (1919, Mem. Carnegie Mus. 8, no.

1, p. 315) and Simpson (1914, Descriptive Catalogue of the

Naiades, p. 44).

Length Height Diameter

Male 122 80 50 mm. Selinsgrove, Pa. (Ortmann)

Male 113 74 41 Duncannon, Pa. (Ortmann)

Male (?) 120 80 45 No locality (Simpson)

Male 130 85 50.5 Hadley, Massachusetts

Male 130.5 81.5 52.5 Hadley, Massachusetts

Male 124 75.5 49.5 Hadley, Massachusetts

Female ... 96 71 44 York Haven, Pa. (Ortmann)

Female ... 122 91 56 Hadley, Massachusetts

Female ... 115 85.5 52.5 Hadley, Massachusetts

Female ... 108.5 83.5 50 Hadley, Massachusetts

— W. J. Clench and H. Vander Schalie.

Klamath County, California. — This county was mentioned

occasionally in the early literature of Californian mollusks.

Thus, in Binney and Bland, Land and Freshwater shells of N. A.,

page 134, the range of Polygyra loricata is given as "California,

near San Francisco to Klamath Co." As the county cannot be

106 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

found on modern maps, the name may perplex those working on

distribution. I first heard of it in a Eureka newspaper. I con-

sulted Dr. W. 0. Gregg about it and he dug up the following in-

formation, compended from "California County Boundries,"

pages 123 to 126, by Owen C. Coy (published by the California

Historical Commission, Berkeley, 1923).

Klamath bears the unenviable distinction of being the only

county of the state which has completely disappeared. Many

other counties were never organized, although they have been

created by law, but no other county having once been organized,

has ceased to exist as a political unit. Klamath County was

created April 25th, 1851, and was dissolved under an act passed

March 28, 1874.

Its original territory may briefly be described as composing that

part of the state lying north of a line drawn east from the mouth

of the Mad River and west of the summit of the Coast Range

Mountains.

There were several changes in its boundaries during its exis-

tence. The change of particular interest to zoogeographers was

the separation of the area lying, roughly speaking, north of the

mouth of the Klamath River into the newly created Del Norte

County in 1857.

Klamath County never flourished ; its territory was badly cut

up into isolated districts by mountain ranges ; and its population,

mostly miners, lacked the stability necessary for a well organized

government. Furthermore they did not possess property which

could be easily drawn on for the support of the government. The

natural result was that the debt of the county increased rapidly,

the government became less efficient, and discontent among the

people rose in like proportion. In 1874 an act was passed whereby

the county was to be dissolved, the debt and territory to be divided

between the neighboring counties. — E. P. Chace.

A Correction. — In my recent article on Pectinidae (Nautilus,

vol. 50, No. 1, pp. 24^27, July, 1936) there is an error in the plac-

ing of some footnote material which may be confusing. In the

fourth paragraph, page 25, footnote 3 is indicated after "Felipes

(Locard) Carus^ — . " The paragraph which followed, begin-

January, 1937] the nautilus 107

ning "Mr. Thomas Cowles — " and ending " — with P. pesfelis L.

as the type, ' ' should be a part of the footnote and not the text. —

L. G. Hertlein.

Errata. — By a printer's error, carelessly overlooked in proof-

reading, in Nautilus for October, p. 65, the Lowe collection was

said to be given to the San Francisco Society of Natural History.

The copy read San Diego. Similarly on p. 67 the Boston Club

was said to have a field excursion from Worcester to Cape Ann.

This would make a long day : Gloucester being as the copy had it.

PUBLICATIONS RECEIVED

Goniobasis of the Coosa River, Alabama. By Calvin Good-

rich. Univ. Mich. Mus. Zool., Misc. Pub. 31. In this third paper

discussing Coosa River pleurocerids the stout, cylindric Gonio-

bases are revised. This group has been the terror of concholo-

gists for a generation. Though a few, such as capillaris, impressa

and caelatura were generally recognized, most of the species were

submerged in such a sea of synonyms, about 90 in all, that one

sank back discouraged by the task of identification. 24 species

are now admitted, three of them new, two other names substituted

for names preoccupied. The opercula and dentition are consid-

ered, and all of the species are illustrated by excellent line figures.

The following general conclusions are reached :

"The colonies in which the least shell variation is shown are

those at the very head of the Alabama River system and those at

the end of the range of Pleuroceridae in the system. This is in

keeping with findings in other drainage basins.

"The alteration from a conic shape to a cylindrical shape oc-

curs at an earlier stage in riverine species than where these

species invade tributary streams. In other words, this kind of

acceleration is at a faster rate in the river than in the creeks.

' * Plicate sculpture is more marked in creek forms than in river

forms, persisting also for a greater number of whorls. A ten-

dency is observable of a reduction or loss of striate sculpture in

striate species that enter the creeks from the river.

108 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (3)

' * Elliptical or elongate-ovate apertures are the mark of riverine

forms rather than of creek forms, among which ovate apertures

are the rule.

"The penetration of riverine pleurocerids into the creeks is

farthest in those small streams which have most nearly worn

down to grade, such creeks in their lower parts approaching the

stage of river estuaries.

"No definite rule as to the occurrence of color bands in refer-

ence to position in stream could be noted among the goniobases

of the Coosa and Alabama rivers. There does appear to be such

a rule among shells of small tributaries, color banding increases

in a downstream direction.

"Hard and fast distinctions as between some of the species is

impossible." — H. A, P.

The Land Mollusca of Cheboygan County, Michigan. By

A. F. Archer. Uni. of Mich. Mus. of Zool. pub. no. 340, Aug.,

1936. — Thirty species are listed as occurring in this county of

Michigan. This paper is far more than a list of the species as it

deals with the ecology of the region and the plant associations

that make up the habitats where the moUusks are found. — W. J.

Clench.

Pyramidellidae from Siogama Bay, Northeast Honsyu,

Japan, by Sitihei Nomura. Saito Ho-on Kai Museum Kesearch

Bull. No. 10, August, 1936, pp. 1-108, pis. I-XII. In this mono-

graph 79 new species of pyramidellid gastropods are described.

One new subgenus is proposed: Tropaeas (Siogamaia) (p. 49),

type T. (S.) fortiplicata Nomura (n. sp.) ; two new sections also

are proposed: Marginodostomia (pp. 11, 34), type Odostomia

sut uramarginat a Nomursi (n. sp.) and Pseudocingulina (p. 11),

type Cingulina triarata Pilsbry [recorded on p. 47 as ^^Paraci-

gulina (sic) new section, type: Turhonilla (Cingtdina) triarata

Pilsbry"; since these two names are obviously synonymous,

Pseudocingulina should be given preference on the basis of page-

precedence]. A tabular review of seven previous classifications

of the family Pyramidellidae is included in the paper. — Myra

Keen.

lu.:' t. I BH AR Y

The Nautilus

Vol. 50 April, 1937 No. 4

SECONDARY SEX ORGANS AND TAXONOMY

IN THE NERITIDAE

BY E. A. ANDREWS

The grouping of snails within the family Neritidae has been

based chiefly upon the characters of shell and of radula. How-

ever Bourne discovered in the several species that he studied that

there were some anatomical differences within the family. Thus

Septaria and Neritina agree in having both a coelomic funnel on

the oviduct and also a ductus enigmaticus, while Nerita has the

funnel but lacks the ductus, whereas Theodoxus lacks both funnel

and ductus. That is, Septaria and Neritina are more alike while

Theodoxus is a step farther than Nerita in the direction of dimin-

ished number of organs considered.

The present author has studied the secondary sex organs on

the head of males and females and also the spermatophores and

their organs for storage, as well as the contrivances for storage

of mineral particles to be used by the females to add to the

secreted capsules, within which the eggs undergo development.

Spermatophores are found stored up in many females during

long periods and thus are to be found in museum specimens.

The detailed facts and the illustrations will appear elsewhere

but some of the applications to the systematies of this family will

be considered here. Though there are hundreds of species in

this family the examination of but thirty may yet have signifi-

cance since these species were taken at random and include seven

genera of the nine recognized by Thiele (1929) and all the three

subfamilies recognized by Baker (1923).

On attempting to fit the new facts into the accepted classifica-

tion we at first meet with agreeable harmony. Thus Neritilia

succinea differs much from the others: in the absence of both

male and female head organs and of reinforcement sac (though

(109)

110 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

the capsule bears sand particles) ; in the absence of specialized

anatomical connection of anus and ootype mouth though both

are close together; and in the presence of long, slender, simple,

tubular spermatophores. This is in harmony with the isolation

given Neritilia by both Baker and by Thiele. Next Smaragdia

viridis is set off as having anus and ootype separate and sperma-

tophores slender tubes, in simplicity such as in Neritilia. But on

the other hand it has a reinforcement sac (thus far found empty)

as well as a female ridge and large male organ comparable to

those of species of Neritina. On these accounts it might well be

isolated as a sepiarate subfamily, as done by Baker, or on the

other hand, included with the other Neritinae, as done by Thiele.

When, however, we come to the subfamily, Neritinae, there is

difficulty in putting new wine into old bottles and some new

bottles may be needed. Thus Nerita in place of leading off from

Theodoxus to form with it a division, Neritae, separated from

the other genera, Septaria, Neritina, Neritodryas and Pseudo-

nerita, seems to stand by itself, in having no female ridge; a

simple straightforward male organ ; only spherulites as contents

of the reinforcement sac ; no intimate union of anus and ootype

mouth ; rather uniform spermatophores of spindle form, with one

coiled off end and one long open filament, as well as a spiral about

its body and no triods ; and in having a simple spermatophore-sac

for temporary holding of spermatophores that may be cast out.

Many of these features of Nerita are those of comparative sim-

plicity and if regarded as primitive and not as secondary would

tend to set off Nerita as a lower, more primitive form than Neri-

tina or Theodoxus and not to be joined to Theodoxus in one group

as done by Baker.

The other genera studied, Neritina, Theodoxus, Septaria and

Neritodryas agree with one another and with the very exceptional

Nerita alticola and N. pupa, in presenting : close fusion of anus

and oviduct mouth ; sand, or other foreign solids, in the reinforce-

ment sac ; transverse position and more or less elongation of the

male head organ ; presence of a female headridge ; and specializa-

tion of the fundus of the vagina to form a lateral sac, in which

spermatophores are held and digested. Yet in spermatophore

form they differ much among themselves. Neritina often has

April, 1937] the nautilus 111

long loops with triods. Theodoxus has shorter loops but has also

very short sac-like forms.

Nerita pupa appears to have short sacs like those of some

Theodoxus, while Nerita alticola has a short sac with unique pro-

longations. The peculiarities of Nerita alticola and of Nerita

pupa separate them from other Nerita and affiliate them with

the Neritina-Theodoxus group so that, from the present point of

view, they seem not in the genus Nerita at all. Their aloofness

from other groups of Nerita is already recognized in placing

them in the subgenera Fluvinerita and Puperita. In describing

N. alticola, Pilsbry recognized its resemblances to other genera

but concluded that on radular characters it should be a Nerita.

Also Nerita pupa has some outward resemblance to Neritina and

Baker says * ' it has remained in Neritina for over a century. ' ' It

seems an error to have put it in Nerita, since from the sex organs

it appears nearer to Theodoxus ; and the same may be said of

Nerita alticola.

It was shown that in the Neritidae the spermatophores, as far

as known, may be grouped as simple long tubes, very long loops,

shorter loops, spindles, and short sacs; and some of them have

spirals and others have triods.

It is recognized that both spirals and triods are often difficult

to observe in preserved material and here their apparent absence

may be of no value in placing specimens, but when found they

seem good characters. How would a grouping of snails of this

family based upon spermatophores agree with one based upon

radula characters ?

Baker starts with the radula of Neritina reclivata as primitive

type in the Neritidae. Neritodryas and Pseudonerita he regards

as isolated. From Vitta he leads off Neripteron, Vittina, Neri-

tina s.s. Neritona all on one branch, while the other branch would

be Clithon s.s. Alinoclithon, Neritoclithon, Theodoxus s.s., leading

to Nerita.

For the most part the spermatophores known fall well into this

classification. Thus the specialized loop of Yitta is represented

by loops in Neripteron, Vittina, Neritina s.s. and Neritona and

they bear triods in Yitta, Yittina, and probably also in Neritina

s.s. However Neripteron as represented by Neritina vespertina

112 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

has a spiral, as in Nerita. Then on the other branch, the sper-

matophore in Clithon has a very short sac-body with a shorter and

a longer filament. This in Vittoclithon becomes apparently a

mere sac, and this appears again in Theodoxus s.s. However

AUnoclithon as represented by Theodoxus cariosus has a loop

with a spiral, as in Nerita.

Thus the two lines of Baker based upon radula characters are

also two lines as based upon spermatophore characters; loops in

Neritina and sacs in Theodoxus : except that there are two species

with spirals, one in each group, Neripteron and AUnoclithon, as

represented by Neritina vespertina and Theodoxus cariosus.

Although these two species stand in widely separated genera

they resemble one another in that they have "somewhat similar

shell form" (Baker) ; have spermatophores strikingly alike; and

have male head organs very much alike and more complicated

than in other species as far as known. The specimens used were

taken together in an artificial fish pond close to the ocean, in

Hawaii.

These two exceptional species form, as it were, a group by

themselves and raise many questions. May it be that the ex-

panded form of shell necessitates a more complex male organ ?

That shell form and male organ may be correlated is suggested

by the conditions in Septaria and in Theodoxus souleyetana and

Th. madacassina of the group Clithon in which some species may

have spines over the outside of the shell which might necessitate

elongated organs. Unfortunately there are no observations upon

the handling of spermatophores in transit from male to female,

but it may well be that one snail crawls upon the shell of the other

and that the smoothness and thickness of shell as well as its slopes

are of importance in enabling the organs to connect with one

another.

If on the foundation of scanty facts yet known we were to

fancy a family tree for the family Neritidae it would closely

resemble in its branchings the grouping arrived at by Baker and

followed by Thiele. The chief differences would be the isolation

of Nerita and the emphasis placed upon the bastard nature of the

so-called Nerita alticola and Nerita pupa. Also Neritina virginea

would be on some accounts, e.g., spermatophores, a highly evolved

and not the primitive form that it appears to be from its radula.

April, 1937] the nautilus 113

Such a tree seen as a few top branches should, have a very low

branch for Neritilia, a somewhat higher one for Smaragdia, a

separate old branch for Nerita and higher branches for Nerito-

dryas, Septaria, Theodoxus and Neritina. Concealed amidst the

top twigs of Nerita there might be branches known as Nerita

alticola and Nerita pupa which in reality arose as "water shoots"

from the bases of Theodoxus and Neritina branches and not from

Nerita.

In time such a tree if well pruned and tended might represent

a harmonious expression of facts known as to general anatomy,

secondary sex organs, shell form, operculum characters and

radula details in this family, Neritidae.

MOLLUSCA FROM PRINCE ALBERT NATIONAL

PARK, SASKATCHEWAN

BY FEANK C. BAKER

The portion of Canada known as Saskatchewan is little known

conchologically and additions to our knowledge of the mollusk

fauna of this region are greatly to be desired. With the excep-

tion of two or three papers the only references to this region are

contained in general papers on Canadian Mollusca or in descrip-

tions of new species. During the summer of 1936, Professor

T. D. A. Cockerell, of the University of Colorado, made a collec-

tion of Mollusca from several of the lakes in Prince Albert

National Park near the center of Saskatchewan, at about 54 de-

grees of latitude. Professor Cockerell requested the writer to

prepare a list of the species represented and the following lists

indicates that the collection is unusually extensive.

Nine species of land mollusks and 21 species of aquatic mollusks

are contained in the collection. The fauna is characteristically

that of the northern part of the United States and southern

Canada, quite different from the molluscan fauna of the Rocky

Mountain region. It is more eastern than western, a feature

also noted among certain insects and arachnids collected (see

Cockerell, Canadian Ent., 68, p. 85, 1936). The avian and mam-

malian faunas are also of this nature. The land snails are such

as are common in the northern part of the United States, all of

114 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

the species being recorded from northern Minnesota. The

aquatic fauna contains several species apparently peculiar to

Canada east of the Rocky Mountains previously known from

Alberta and southern Saskatchewan. Thus Stagnicola johnsoni

is known from parts of Alberta. The presence of Gyraulus

hornensis, a recently described Canadian species, is also note-

worthy. The record of Helisoma infracarinatum also indicates a

wide range of this recently recognized species. Some other spe-

cies are equally interesting from a distributional standpoint.

Prince Albert Park lies mostly in the Canadian zone and the

molluscan fauna is typical of this climatic division.

Little work has been done on the Mollusca of this region and

rich results await the naturalist who can collect material from

the many lakes in northern Saskatchewan. Studies such as were

conducted on Oneida Lake, N. Y., and Winnebago Lake, Wis.,

would be of the greatest interest. Dredgings in these lakes are

highly desirable as well as careful littoral collecting. The

Canadian conchologists have a rich field for their labors. The

collection of Professor Cockerell is the largest single lot of mol-

luscan material seen from this interesting region. The writer

wishes to express his thanks to Professor Cockerell for the privi-

lege of working up this interesting material and to Dr. Wm. J.

Clench, of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard Uni-

versity, for the identification of the Physae.

Anodonta Jcennicottii Lea. Ajawaan Lake, adult and imma-

ture. All of the specimens of this species are characterized by

a corneous or yellowish shell.

Pisidium species. Ajawaan Lake; Waskesiu Lake; Waskesiu

Lake at Heart Lakes Portage; south end Crean Lake. At least

four species are represented but it seems unwise to attach names

to them. It is unfortunate that no one has taken the place of

Dr. V. Sterki in the study of these interesting but difficult

mollusks.

Yalvata tricarinata (Say). Waskesiu Lake ; Waskesiu Lake at

Heart Lakes Portage ; south end Crean Lake. Typical form with

three well defined, sharp keels.

Valvata sincera Say. Waskesiu Lake and Waskesiu Lake at

Heart Lakes Portage. These specimens agree well with examples

April, 1937] the nautilus 115

from High Island Harbor, Lake Michigan, identified as sincera

by Dr. Bryant "Walker. The Heart Lakes Portage specimens are

a trifle more depressed but have the same general form and

sculpture.

Amnicola limosa porata Say. "Waskesiu Lake and Waskesiu

Lake at Heart Lakes Portage. There is great variation in the

form called porata, from the central west and Canada, and it is

quite likely that one or more races may be separated when a care-

ful study is made of abundant material covering a wide area.

Lymnaea stagnalis lillianae F. C. Baker. Waskesiu Lake;

Ajawaan Lake; Crean Lake; Waskesiu Lake at Heart Lakes

Portage. The large stagnalis of the Park is referable to this

race rather than to wasatchensis Hemphill which occurs in lakes

in Alberta, particularly in Wainwright Park.

Stagnicola palustris elodes (Say). Waskesiu Lake; Kingsman

Lake; Crean Lake. The palustris of the Park are nearer the

elodes form than the nuttalliana form, although the latter is

found abundantly in Alberta in Wainwright Park. The Prince

Albert Park specimens may be considered transitory forms

between the eastern and western race.

Stagnicola johnsoni F. C. Baker. Ajawaan Lake. The single

specimen in the collection resembles specimens from Banff,

Alberta, referred to Lymnaea traskii Tryon in the Lynmaeidae

monographs (see plate 39, fig. 10 of that work) . It is larger than

any specimen seen, measuring 26 mm. in length and 14 mm. in

width. The Alberta reference to traskii was erroneous, that

species not being found east of the Rocky Mountains. Johnsoni

was described in the Canadian Field-Nat., 48, p. 69, 1934. This

species is probably widely distributed in central Canada.

Fossaria ohrussa decampi (Streng). Crean Lake, typical in

form but small in size.

Helisoma anceps sayi (F. C. Baker). Waskesiu Lake; Was-

kesiu Lake ; Waskesiu Lake at Heart Lakes Portage ; Crean Lake.

This race of anceps is apparently common in the lakes of the

Park. The Heart Lakes Portage specimens are especially large

and fine.

Helisoma trivolvis macrostomum (Whiteaves). Ajawaan Lake.

A single specimen of large Helisoma is apparently referable to the

northern race. It is not subcrenatum.

116 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

Helisoma infracarinatum F. C. Baker. "Waskesiu Lake ; Was-

kesiu Lake at Heart Lakes Portage ; Kingsman Lake ; Crean Lake.

The specimens are like the types from Basswood River Rapids,

Ontario.

Menetus exacuous (Say) and Menetus exacuous megas (Dall).

South end Crean Lake. The form with sharply 'pinched'

periphery, called megas by Dall, occurs in many lots from

northern localities and perhaps should be considered only a

'form' of exacuous and not a distinct race.

Gyraulus deflectus oMiquus (DeKay). Waskesiu Lake (rare) ;

Waskesiu Lake at Hearts Portage (rare) ; Crean Lake (common).

The specimens are for the most part rather large and quite typical

of this race of deflectus. OMiquus appears to be widely dis-

tributed throughout Canada and the northern part of the United

States. J

Gyraulus hornensis F. C. Baker. Crean Lake, apparently

common. See the Canadian Field-Nat., XL VIII, p. 135, fig. A,

1935, for a description and figure of this species. This small

planorbid appears to be common over much of the Canadian

region.

Gyraulus altissimus (F. C. Baker). Waskesiu Lake. The

specimens are white and bleached and may have been washed

from a fossil (Pleistocene) deposit. The species is abundant in

the fossil faunas of Canada and the United States but its status

as a living member of the fauna is not well known.

Physa gouldi Clench. Crean Lake; Ajawaan Lake. The

specimens of this species, identified by Dr. Wm. J. Clench, have

a somewhat longer spire than the type figured by Dr. Clench

(Nautilus, 48, pi. 7, fig. 5) but are well within the range of vari-

ation of the species. The record extends the distribution well to

the north. A large series of Physae from the lakes of this region

would be of value to determine the range of variation of this

species and also to establish the possible presence of other species.

Euconulus fulvus (Miiller). Between Kingsmere and Was-

kesiu lakes. Typical.

Vitrina limpida (Gould). Ajawaan Lake. Two specimens

rather small.

Retinella hinneyana (Morse). Ajawaan Lake. Rather small.

April, 1937] the nautilus 117

Zonitoides arhoreus (Say) . Between Kingsmere and Waskesiu

lakes. TjTpical.

Discus cronkhitei (Newcomb). Crean Lake. Typical.

Discuss cronkhitei anthonyi (Pilsbry). Ajawaan Lake. The

periphery is bluntly angular but it is apparently not the race

catskillensis.

Cochlicopa luhrica (Miiller). Between Kingsmere and Was-

kesiu lakes. Typical.

Succinea retusa Lea. Ajawaan Lake. One specimen, typical.

Deroceras campestre (Say). Ajawaan Lake. One specimen,

rather small but a form of this species.

CIVILIZATION AND LAND MOLLUSKS IN OHIO

BY A. F. AECHEE

In 1911 Victor Sterki published in the Nautilus, Volume 23,

pp. 98-101, a paper entitled "Civilization and Snails." In this

paper he compared the present condition and abundance of land

and fresh-water mollusks with the conditions which obtained fifty

or seventy years previously. He referred to the changes pro-

duced by deforestation and cultivation, stating that at the time

of writing there was in Ohio only about ten or twenty per cent

of the number of mollusks that had formerly inhabited the area

a half century before. Furthermore, he stated that there were

exceptions in the case of some nine species that had actually been

benefited by the changes wrought by the white man.

In the light of present-day conditions, Sterki 's presentation of

the case seems to suffer definitely from under-statement. This is

rather surprising from two points of view. First of all, Sterki

was a very careful observer, and secondly, it does not seem pos-

sible that there have been any great changes within the last

twenty-five years. At any rate I have found a rather different

situation within the last few years. With this very problem in

mind I have made observations on the Ohio land mollusks during

four collecting trips undertaken since 1932, and these observa-

tions have been further corroborated by work done in the neigh-

boring portions of Michigan,

i

vWa^ -^.-:*-. <y<^

118 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

Taking up first the condition of the vegetation, we find a set-up

which is exactly what Sterki hinted at, and that is that deforesta-

tion and cultivation have been very extensive in Ohio. Through-

out western Ohio agriculture has served to bring about the elimi-

nation of most of the forest cover, except in the ravines and on

the slopes of low hills. Otherwise arboreal cover exists chiefly as

woodlots. Practically the same statement applies to the level

region bordering Lake Erie, for here, too, all the cultivable land

has been put to the plow or planted in orchards. In the remain-

ing and more rugged parts of the state the woodland cover is a

little more extensive, excepting the eastern portion where coal

mines and steel mills have exacted their toll of the forests. In

the latter area the forests were almost completely removed in

order that the timber might be used as mine props or during one

period for charcoal in iron reduction. Coupled with this the

farmer required considerable area for agriculture. However,

the rather poor soil petered out, and worn-out land was then

converted into pasture for live stock. All this leaves only the

rugged central and south-central parts with any appreciable

woodland, but here again pastures have increased in acreage at

the expense of the forest, and finally fires have added to the

destruction.

While the picture of the present-day molluscan assemblages is

by no means complete, enough has been observed to indicate that

the land moUusks have by no means been reduced to the extent

that Sterki indicated. Indeed except for two potent but rather

transitory factors there appears to be no real reduction in num-

bers of individuals and only a partial reduction in species. The

most depressing factors are heavy grazing and plowing. Mod-

erate grazing does only a small amount of harm to the fauna.

Even heavy grazing does not limit the snails, providing there is

some protection afforded by rocks, boards and fences. An area

from which the grazing factor has been removed is soon exten-

sively re-invaded through the lateral migration of the snails.

The same is true in the case of fallow fields. Roadsides, orchards,

slopes too steep to be effectively grazed, rural dumps, vacant lots

and to some extent lawns in urban centers — ^these all are favor-

able for quite a variety of mollusks. The species frequenting open

April, 1937] the nautilus 119

country are adaptive species. Some of the species occurring in

such habitats are apparently too specialized to be abundant under

forest conditions, but find ideal conditions where man has altered

the vegetation cover. We find various grades of "adaptives,"

some abundant, some only moderately common, and a few rare,

though present. Certain species are so closely tied up with forest

cover that they are entirely absent in open country, and are thus

automatically eliminated where deforestation has been thorough.

A ease in point is Polygyra palUata (Say).

What Sterki says in regard to various members of the genera,

Zonitoides, Gastrocopta, Vallonia, Gonyodiscus, Hawaiia, Pu-

poides, Vertigo, and the slugs is quite in accord with later ex-

perience. However, at least species of Polygyra live in the open,

six of them commonly so. These snails are apt to be overlooked

by the casual observer and also by the malacologist, because they

live quite out of sight, in grass, herbaceous weeds, and shrubs.

Roadside shrubs in Ohio correspond pretty closely with the

hedges, a paradise for malacologists in Europe. In short many

Polygj^ras are quite as much at home in the open as the European

Helices, but live too inconspicuously except in wet weather. The

following species of Polygyra are known to live in open country

in Ohio :

Polygyra albolahris (Say). This species lives in open fields,

in grass, under boards ; in roadside thickets, hiding in plant trash ;

in wild-grape thickets ; among rocks in waste-places. This species

is less common in the open than in the mature forests.

Polygyra clausa (Say). Very abundant in roadside weeds and

on railroad embankments. It is rare in forests.

Polygyra profunda (Say). Present only where the ground is

fairly damp and rocky, with a dense, weedy cover. It lives among

rocks, in hawthorn thickets, and is most abundant on the rocky

deforested bluffs above the Ohio River.

Polygyra thyroidus (Say). In weedy, grassy fields, often

under boards ; sometimes abundant.

Polygyra pennsylvanica (Green). This species has been ob-

served to live among rocks in a wet pasture in Adams County.

Polygyra fraudulenta Pilsbry. Often abundant in roadside

thickets in eastern Ohio.

120 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

Polygyra tridentata (Say). This species is very abundant in

open country. It lives under rocks, stones, and boards in fields

and along roads. It is quite partial to shrubby thickets. It is

also common in grass and herbaceous weeds in fields, and lives

in urban vicinities among rocks, stones, boards, and rubbish.

Polygyra inflecta (Say). Abundant in orchards and fields

under boards and rocks ; common in roadside thickets.

Polygyra hirsuta (Say). This species is most common either

on the edges of thin, open woods or in open country, but less

common in deep woods (except where recent fires have occurred).

It is very abundant in fields and pastures in grass and weeds or

hiding under logs, boards, and stones. It is apt to be overlooked

by the collector who fails to search deep down in the grass. It

also favors wild-grape thickets and roadside shrubs, among dead

leaves and the fallen stems of certain weeds.

Polygyra fraterna (Say). Like P. clausa this snail is notably

rare in woods (except where fires have swept through). It is

common in grass along roads and in fields, and to some extent

stones and boards. The adults tend to shun the deeper shade of

shrubs (except during hibernation).

Polygyra monodon (Rackett). Common in meadows, orchards

and on railroad embankments, in grass, weeds, and under boards.

Anguispira alternata is a very abundant culture snail in

western and northern Ohio, and inhabits walls, roadsides, rail-

road embankments, etc. It is not very common in grass, and

seems to require the adequate shelter of burdocks and other tall

weeds, as well as boards, rocks, and shrubs. Helicodiscus paral-

lelus is abundant in very rocky places in fields and in walls.

Gonyodiscus cronkhitei anthonyi is abundant under stones and

in weeds along roads, under stones, boards, and rubbish in fields

and vacant lots. Gonyodiscus perspectivus, although rare in

open country, occasionally lives under logs or in grass in fields.

Zonitoides ligerus lives in grass in fields in large numbers, as

well as in weeds, such as soapweed, on railroad embankments;

Z. demissus is common in grass in fields; Z. intertextus lives in

grass and weeds (especially on stony ground) in fields, and on

rocky river river bluffs in eastern Ohio, but is never common.

Z. arhoreus is fairly frequent in all types of culture zones, rural

April, 1937] the nautilus 121

and urban. Gastrocopta armifera and Pupoides marginatus are

rare or absent in woods, but abundant in fields, on railroad em-

bankments, and also in rocky, open country. The other Gastro-

coptas (pentodon and contractu) are rare in open country, except

on stony or rocky ground. Vertigo tridentata and V. ventricosa

have similar preferences, while V. pygmaea is less exacting, for

it lives in the same habitats as Vallonia pulchella and V. costata.

Both of the Vallonias are common in open country, at least on less

acid soils. Hawaiia minuscula is indifferent as far as the pres-

ence or absence of lime is concerned. It is partial to open grassy

and stony country. Cochlicopa lubrica is certainly more com-

mon in open country than in woodland cover. Retinella inden-

tata lives in grass and under stones in fields and other types of

open country, and is quite often found buried in plant trash in

shrubby thickets ; B. wheatleyi has almost identical habits, while

R. electrina is more partial to grass and weeds than to stony

cover. Of the genus Mesomphix we find inornatus and perlaevis

living under stones on bare river bluffs and in vacant lots, all in

eastern Ohio. Neither of the species are at all common in open

country. Agriolimax (Deroceras) laevis campestris and A.

agrestis live in open fields, in grass or under rocks and boards,

and also occur in urban surroundings. Haplotrema concavum

occurs sporadically in grass and weeds in company with its

molluscan prey.

From all the evidence gathered so far, it seems clear that a

very considerable and adaptive fauna is in the process of taking

over the open country created by agriculture, industry, and

human occupation in eastern Ohio. In. many instances many

species are now more abundant per square acre than they were

under the old forest conditions. Other species are greatly lim-

ited by culture conditions, even though they do affect open

country, while some are actually eliminated or locally extirpated.

It is significant that the major part of this assemblage of culture

species is of American and not of European origin, contrary to

the predictions of some naturalists a few years ago.

122 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

MICRARIONTAS OF THE SOUTHWESTERN

COLORADO DESERT

BY G. WILLETT

For several years past, in an endeavor to clarify the under-

standing of the Micrariontas of southeastern San Diego County

and western Imperial County, California, the writer has been

accumulating material from that region. Owing to the apparent

scarcity of these shells, a considerable amount of effort has been

necessary in order to secure enough good specimens for this study.

Although dead and faded shells are not infrequently encountered,

fresh ones are very difficult to obtain. However, the series now at

hand in the Los Angeles Museum and the collection of the writer

appears adequate to demonstrate the number of different races,

their characters and distribution. A careful study of the above

material indicates that there are four forms of Micrarionta in the

territory under discussion, which includes Borego, Vallecito, Fish

Creek, Carrizo and Laguna mountains. As three of these forms

are quite similar and possess the common character of diagonal

lines of merged papillae on the nuclear whorls, it is probably best

to treat them as races of one species, as follows.

Micrarionta harper: harperi (Bryant). M. ora Willett. —

Eange, Vallecito (including Fish Creek) Mountains, north to San

Felipe Narrows, Sentenac Canyon (both sides), and head of Blair

Valley, and northeast side of Laguna Mountains (Agua Caliente

Springs) . Specimens examined from east side of Vallecito Moun-

tains, near Borego Townsite, 16 (type lot of M. ora) ; east end of

San Felipe Narrows, 37 ; Yaqui Wells, 3 ; Sentenac Canyon, 35 ;

Blair Valley, 3 ; 2-3 miles west of Vallecito, 35, and Agua Cali-

ente, 25.— Total, 154.

The largest of the three races (max. diam., 21.5 mm.), and

averaging considerably darker in color. Papillation (in most

specimens) only prominent on upper part of early whorls.

The writer's reasons for believing that this is the shell that

Bryant (Naut., 28, 1929, p. 143) called harperi are: First, it ap-

pears to range closer to the ' ' San Jacinto Mountains ' ' and War-

ner Springs than any other member of the group. Second, no

specimen as large as the type of harperi (diam., 17 mm.) has been

April, 1937] the nautilus 123

found among good series of both of the other two races. That

Brj-ant's specimens came from either the San Jacinto Mountains,

as now restricted, or Warner Springs, as believed by Berry (Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila., 74, 1922, p. 94), appears doubtful. No

Micrarionta has since been found at Warner Springs, though

diligently searched for by numerous conchologists. Furthermore,

the type of terrain immediately contiguous to Warner Springs is

not characteristic Micrarionta territory, and is occupied by

Helminthoglypta. The shell here considered herperi occurs in

Sentenac Canyon, 16 miles from Warner Springs. Apparently

many early collectors failed to realize the importance of exact

localities, and specimens from a considerable area might be re-

corded as from the place where the collector was making his head-

quarters. It is probable that this method was followed by

Bryant. The shell figured by Berry {op. cit.) is, through the

courtesy of the California Academy of Sciences, now before me.

It is far from typical of harperi, apparently being an extreme

variation. It is not mature and is much heavily papillated than

is usual in this race, a feature that probably indicates a tendency

toward M. h. orcutti.

BrysinVs Epiphragmophora howersi (Naut., 13, 1929, p. 122) is

probably a Helminthoglypta. No known Micrarionta from the

region has an ''olivaceous" epidermis; furthermore, the type

locality of howersi is given as San Jacinto Mountains, Riverside

County, which, on the west side of the mountains, would definitely

be outside of Micrarioyita territory.

Micrarionta harperi carrizoensis subsp. nov. — Resembles M.

h. harperi in general sculpture (lacking strong papillation on

later whorls), but much smaller (max. diam., 14 mm.), flatter and

lighter colored. The type and thirty additional specimens (all

dead) collected by the writer and his wife on hills above Painted

Gorge, Carrizo Mountain, Imperial County, California, Decem-

ber 1, 1936.

The type. No. 1049, L. A. Mus., has 4 2/3 whorls, and measures:

Max. diam., 14; min. diam., 11.6; alt. 7.7 mm. Paratypes in

A.N.S.P. and collection of the writer.

Micrarionta harperi orcutti (Bartsch). — Differs from the

two previous races in rougher surface, and in beingly strongly

124 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

papillated, above and below, on all the whorls. Maximum diam-

eter 16 millimeters, hence considerably smaller than harperi and

slightly larger than carrizoensis. Varies somewhat in shape, but

very little in sculpture. Known range (specimens taken by the

writer), south end of Laguna Mountains, in both San Diego and

Imperial counties, from one mile west of Mountain Springs to

three miles east of that point. About fifty specimens (mostly

dead) have been examined. An unusual feature of this shell is

that it occurs, not only among rocks, but also under mats of dead

agave plants. This is the only instance of an Eremarionta being

found in such a situation that has come to the attention of the

writer.

This form agrees closely with Bartsch's description and figure

of his orcutti, from the ' ' Colorado Desert, ' ' which, coupled with

the fact that Orcutt believed his specimens (the type lot of

orcutti) came from near Mountain Springs (Berry, op. cit.),

would appear to justify the belief that this is Bartsch's species.

Berry (op. cit.) calls attention to the fact that the name orcutti

is preoccupied in the genus Micrarionta, therefore this race will

require a new name.

The fourth race found in the territory under discussion here

apparently has different affinities, and may be known as :

Micrarionta indioensis remota subsp, nov. — Shell small, thin,

umbilicated. Color light horn, with narrow brown band ; upper

part of last whorl, between band and suture, clouded with gray-

ish. First one and one half whorls with elongated papillae in

diagonal rows, as in indioensis group ; followed by wider spaced,

irregularly shaped papillae, which gradually become fainter, be-

ing almost imperceptible on the latter part of the last whorl and

on the base.

Nearest to M. i. xerophila Berry, but differs from that form in

smaller size, duller coloration, narrower brown band, and lack of

contrast in color between band and rest of whorl.

The type, no. 1050 L. A. Mus., has 4 1/2 whorls and measures :

Diam., 13.3 ; alt., 8 mm. The largest specimen in the type lot

measures 14.5 x 9.1 mm. The type and eight additional speci-

mens (mostly dead) were collected by the writer and his wife on

Borego Mountain, San Diego County, California, February 14,

1937.

April, 1937] the nautilus 125

Borego Mountain is an isolated hill just north of the Julian-

Kane Springs highway, about seven miles east of San Felipe

Narrows, and completely surrounded by the desert floor. It lies

between the Vallecitos and the Santa Rosas, being about four

miles from the former mountains and nine miles from the latter.

The snail, however, is definitely related to the forms inhabiting

the Santa Rosas. Although, as previously stated, this shell is

very similar in outward appearance to xeropJiila, the genetic rela-

tionship of the two races can hardly be very close, as their ranges

are forty miles apart, on different drainages, and another race,

indioensis, occupies intervening territory.

EARLY TERTIARY MOLLUSCA FROM WYOMING

BY LOEIS S. EUSSELLi

The pioneer work of the territorial surveys, and the early activi-

ties of the United States Geological Survey, brought to light a

great series of non-marine Molusca from the Upper Crustaceous

and Lower Tertiary rocks of the western states. This material,

studied principally by F. B. Meek and C. A. White, was described

in a number of government reports. The most valuable of these

is White's ** Review of the Non-marine Fossil Mollusca of North

America. ' '^ Paleontologists of later years, however, have shown

little interest in these continental mollusks, apparently because

of the long geological range, as well as the marked variability, of

many species.

Meanwhile, the succession of Tertiary formation in the west has

become much better understood than in the days of Meek and

White, largely as a result of the systematic study of mammalian

faunas. Various field parties of the American Museum of Natural

History, while engaged in collecting remains of mammals, ob-

tained a large number of fossil shells, mostly from the lower

Tertiary rocks of Wyoming and New Mexico. This material was

described by Professor T. D. A. Cockerell, between 1912 and

1915, in the Bulletin of the American Museum of Natural His-

1 Published with the permission of the Director, Geological Survey of

Canada.

2 U. S. Geol. Surv., 3rd Ann. Kept., pp. 403-486, 32 pis., 1883.

126 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

tory. Cockerell's studies revealed the presence of a rich and

interesting molluscan fauna in the lower Tertiary rocTiS of north-

western "Wyoming. However, as the stratigraphy of the sedi-

ments was not clearly understood at that time, much of the his-

torical significance of the fossils could not be recognized.

More recently the Princeton University Scott Fund expeditions

have entered north-western Wyoming, and in the field seasons of

1927, 1928, and 1929, Professor W. J. Sinclair and Dr. G. L.

Jepsen, of Princeton University, obtained, beside rich vertebrate

collections, an important series of fossil Mollusca. These shells

were turned over to the writer for study, and the results from the

subject of the present paper. "While few additions can be made

to the faunas, as described by Professor Cockerell, it is hoped

that systematic and stratigraphic revision now possible will be

an important contribution to the history of North American non-

marine Mollusca.

The writer is very much indebted to Professor Sinclair and

Dr. Jepsen for the opportunity to study this fine collection. Dr.

H. A. Pilsbry, of the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia,

has rendered valuable assistance in the determination of relation-

ships. Dr. C. A. Reeds, of the American Museum of Natural

History, kindly placed at the writer's disposal most of the Wyo-

ming material studied by Professor Cockerell. In addition, the

writer has utilized the collections of the United States National

Museum. The illustrations of this paper were prepared by the

writer.

The stratigraphy of the lower Tertiary rocks of north-western

Wyoming has been described in detail by Dr. G. L. Jepsen.^

However, a general summary of the geological succession here

will be attempted before proceeding to the systematic descrip-

tions.

Above the Cretaceous, dinosaur-bearing, Lance formation of

Bighorn and Clark's Fork basins there is a series of continental

beds that have been called Fort Union. The Clark Fork mam-

malian fauna was discovered^ in the upper portion of this series

and is correlated with the Upper Paleocene (Thanetian). The

3 Proc. Amer. Philosoph. Soe., vol. 69, pp. 480-499, 1930.

* Granger, "W., Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Bull., vol. 33, art. 15, p. 204, 1914.

April, 1937] the nautilus 127

Princeton expeditions have obtained several faunas at lower

horizons, including approximate equivalents of the Torrejon

(Middle Paleocene) and Puerco (Lower Paleocene) of New

Mexico. Numerous fossil shells were collected from the Torrejon

portion of the series, which, for purposes of the present paper,

will be designated middle Fort Union. A few specimens of mol-

lusks were found in the upper, or Clark Fork, beds.

The lower Eocene, or so-called Wasatch, beds rest upon the

Fort Union series. In some places angular unconformities are

visible at the contact. Granger^ divided the ' * Wasatch ' ' into two

stages, a lower or Sand Coulee, and an upper or Gray Bull.

These two divisions were distinguished only by the apparent

absence, in the lower, of the primitive perissodactyl Homogalax

(Systemodon). As the Princeton expeditions found this genus

to be sparingly represented in the Sand Coulee beds," the name

Gray Bull is applied to the entire ''Wasatch" series of north-

western Wyoming, although it is convenient to designate the

lower portion as "Sand Coulee." The Gray Bull strata, in turn,

are overlain by the Wind River series, also Lower Eocene, but this

does not enter into the present discussion.

The systematic descriptions, which follow, are separated into

two sections, one dealing with the Paleocene, or Fort Union

fauna, the other with that of the lowest Eocene, the Gray Bull

beds.

As associated material was recorded as such in the field, it is

possible to list several Fort Union (Paleocene faunules, each of

which is a natural association of species.

Faunule from 20-foot sandstone lens, middle Fort Union, on

south-west edge of Polecat Bench: Unio spp., Viviparus retusus

(Meek and Hayden), and Campeloma limnaeiformis (Meek and

Hayden)(?).

Faunule from middle Fort Union beds in range 99 west, town-

ship 56 north, section 11 or 12: Unio wasatchensis Cockerell( ?),

Viviparus paludinaeiformis (Hall), Lioplax nehrascensis (Meek

and Hayden), and Goniohasis tenuicarinata (Meek and Hay-

den) (?).

5 Op cit., pp. 203, 205.

6 Jepsen, G. L., Proc. Amer. Philosoph. Soc, vol. 69, p. 119, 1930.

128 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

The fauna known from the middue Paleocene beds is, with one

or two exceptions, a typical Paleocene assemblage, both as to the

species present and the associations of species in faunules. Such

a fauna possesses much closer relationships with the moUusks of

the continental Upper Cretaceous formations of the west than it

does with known faunas of the Lower Eocene. The middle Fort

Union shells from north-western Wyoming represent, in almost

every case, either descendants of species known in the Upper

Cretaceous non-marine faunas or actual survivors of such species.

It should also be noted that only fluviatile and lacustrine genera

are present in the middle Fort Union fauna of the present col-

lection.

In contrast to the assemblage just discussed, the imperfect

shells from the Clark Fork, or upper Fort Union, beds belong to

one fluviatile and one terrestrial genus, and strongly suggest spe-

cies of the Lower Eocene fauna.

The Lower Eocene faunules of associated species in the **Sand

Coulee" and upper Gray Bull beds show a uniformity of com-

position that is in contrast to the associations in the underlying

Paleocene.

Faunule from "Sand Coulee" beds in Little Sand Coulee

basin, east of mouth of Pat 0 'Hara creek : Helicina evanstonensis

(White), Physa sp., Polygyra veternior (Cockerell), Gastrodonta

coryphodontis Cockerell, Oreohelix megarche Cockerell and Hen-

derson, Oreohelix grangeri Cockerell and Henderson, Gonyo-

discus ralstonensis (Cockerell), Grangerella megastoma Cock-

erell, and Grangerella sinclairi (Cockerell).

Faunule from ' ' Sand Coulee ' ' beds north of divide at head of

Little Sand Coulee : Viviparus wyomingensis Meek, Goniohasis

carterii Conrad, and Oreohelix grangeri Cockerell and Henderson.

Faunule from upper Gray Bull beds fifteen miles west of

Basin near Omorlamphus locality: Unio sinopae Cockerell (?),

Helicina evanstonensis (White), Viviparus jepseni Russell, Plan-

orhis storchi Russell, Physa hridgerensis Meek, Physa pleromatis

White, Polygyra veternior (Cockerell), Oreohelix megarche

Cockerell and Henderson, Oreohelix grangeri Cockerell and

Henderson, Gonyodiscus ralstonensis (Cockerell) and Granger-

ella sinclairi Cockerell.

April, 1937] the nautilus 129

Turning to the consideration of entire faunas, it will be seen

from the locality data given for the various species that there is

slight differences between the fauna of the ' ' Sand Coulee ' ' beds

and that of the upper Gray Bull. Ooniotasis carterii and the

Viviparidae seem to be more common in the lower horizons, but

otherwise the differences can be ascribed plausibly to the chances

of collecting. "We may consider, therefore, the Mollusca of the

Gray Bull stage, using the latter term in the comprehensive sense

here adopted, as constituting a single, well-marked fauna. The

species of this Lower Eocene fauna are, with few exceptions,

either confined to the Gray Bull beds, or are known elsewhere

only from Eocene strata. As to habitat, almost three-quarters

of the genera represented are terrestrial, and if species and

individual specimens are considered, the aquatic element becomes

almost insignificant.

The almost continuous section of lower Tertiary rocks in north-

western Wyoming contains abundant remains of non-marine Mol-

lusca, which show the change from Paleocene to Lower Eocene

faunas in a relatively local area. The oldest fauna is in the

middle Fort Union, and consists of aquatic species, mostly of

Paleocene and Upper Cretaceous affinities. Presumably the

great change began in late Paleocene time for the next stage, the

Clark Fork or upper Fort Union, contains a few shells of Eocene

type. The Lower Eocene "Wasatch" or Gray Bull stage con-

tains a fairly uniform fauna, predominantly terrestrial in habitat

and of Eocene affinities. Several species present here also occur

in later Eocene horizons, suggesting that when the fauna of the

Wind River group is known it will be found to be essentially

like that of the Gray Bull.

The cause of this profound change in molluscan fauna is almost

certainly to be found in the elevation of the Rocky Mountains.

While it is known that uplift went on intermittently throughout

the Late Cretaceous and Paleocene, a very important time of

orogeny occurred, as shown by unconformities, following the

deposition of the Clark Fork stage. This elevation and accom-

panying change of climate, while probably not profound, were

sufficient to drive out or destroy the aquatic faunas, and to pro-

vide the correct environment for a dominantly terrestrial fauna,

130 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

which was already migrating in, presumably from the north. It

is reasonable to suppose that this fauna, in turn, was modified by

the renewed uplift of late Eocene or Oligocene time.

SNAILS AS HOSTS AND CARRIERS OF NEMATODES

AND NEMATOMORPHA

B. G. CHITWOOD

Zool. Div. Bur. Animal Industry, U. S. Dept. Agric.

and

M. B. CHITWOOD

Glencarlyn, Va.

Snails, in their role as intermediate hosts of parasites, are

generally thought of as hosts of trematodes, more especially

because some of these trematodes are of considerable economic

importance. However, snails are also of considerable interest

as hosts of nematodes. The nematode fauna of snails received

attention from helminthologists at an early date, but the subject

was subsequently rather neglected until within the past two

years. Such peculiar phenomena as the ability of so-called

"free-living" and plant-parasitic nematodes to survive passage

through the intestine of snails, and the occurrence in snails of

nematodes belonging to the same genera as nematodes found in

Amphibia, have raised interesting problems in the host-parasite

relationships of these nematodes.

This problem in snail-nematode relationship may be attacked,

first, by separating the nematodes found in snails into six groups

on the basis of the mode of life of the nematodes involved. These

six groups are as follows: (1) Nematodes normally free-living

(living upon decaying plant or animal matter) and plant para-

sites which may pass through the digestive tract uninjured;

(2) nematodes living as obligatory parasites in the digestive tract ;

(3) nematodes living as parasitic larvae in the foot muscle and

having a free-living adult stage; (4) adult nematodes living in

the genital organs; (5) agamic nematodes and Nematomorpha

which live in the body cavity and leave the host upon reaching

maturity, subsequently passing the remainder of their life as

April, 1937] the nautilus 131

free-living forms; and (6) nematode parasites of vertebrates, the

larval stages of which nematodes occur in snails. These groups

are now taken up individually.

1. The members of the first group are free-living and plant-

parasitic nematodes. They are usually rather small, from 400 |j

to 2 mm. long. Since they do not, under ordinary conditions,

pass any part of their life in the snail, their association with snails

can best be considered as facultative or causal parasitism. The

first observation of this type of snail-nematode relationship was

made by Schneider (1859), who described Leptodera foecunda

(= Pelodytes hermaphroditius) from the slime of A7'ion empiri-

corum. The presence of free-living nematodes in the digestive

tract of snails was first mentioned by Cobb (1888). This writer

expressed the opinion that the digestive fluids of the snail were

not sufficiently strong to injure free-living nematodes. He listed

the following nematodes from the feces of the "Weinberg-

schnecke" {Helix pomatia) : Aphelenchus parietinus, Tylenchus

filiformis, Cephalobus elongatus, Rhabditis dolichura, and Ty-

lenchus lameliferus. These nematodes, in so far as can be deter-

mined from Cobb's brief discussion, were not found encysted or

ensheathed. The first report of an encysted nematode was that

of Maupas (1899) who described as Rhahditis caiisanelli a nema-

tode which he found encysted in the intestine of Arion empiri-

corum V. ater, Arion ater (L.,) (syn. A. empiricorum Fer.) ; he

obtained the adult stage of this nematode by culturing the larvae

in decaying organic matter.

The present writers have found Pathoaphelenchus parietinus

(= Aphelenchus parietinus) and Cephalobus elongatus to be

rather common in the intestine of Philomycus dorsalis in that part

of Virginia bordering on the District of Columbia. Pathoaphe-

lenchus parietinus is a plant parasite which normally inhabits the

buds and leaves of a wide variety of plants, and may cause con-

siderable damage to a host plant. Cephalobus elongatus is capable

of living free in the soil, but is also common in diseased plants

and has been considered in some instances a secondary invader

of plant tissue. Three other species of nematodes found by the

writers in the intestines of Polygyra albolabris in the region of

Glencarlyn, Va., are as follows : Aphelenchus avenae, normally

132 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

associated with plants, and Acroheloides minor and Bhdbditis

monhystera, both of which are generally found in decaying vege-

table matter.

In the above instances discovered by the writers the associa-

tion of the nematodes with the snails appears to be purely acci-

dental and cannot be considered a necessary association, i.e.,

parasitism; nevertheless, this association may be of some signifi-

cance, for snails must be considered as possible carriers of plant

parasites and may play a role in the spread of plant diseases

caused by nematodes. This type of snail-nematode relationship

should certainly be considered in connection with experimental

work on plant diseases.

2. The second group, obligatory parasites living in the intes-

tinal tract of snails, contains representatives of two families of

nematodes, the Angiostomidae and Cosmocercidae. There is at

present but one known representative of the Angiostomidae in

snails, namely, Angiostoma limacis. This species was first de-

scribed by Dujardin (1845) from the intestine of Limax rufus

(s.o. Arion ater vide Taylor, 1907) and later redescribed by

Schneider (1866) as Leptodera angiostoma (= Angiostoma limacis)

from the intestine of Limax ater (s.l. Arion ater vide Taylor,

1907). It may be interesting to note in this connection that the

senior writer has found a species very closely related to Angio-

stoma limacis in the intestine of a salamander, Plethodon cinereus.

The writers have collected members of the Cosmocercidae, from

two species of small hosts, Opeas goodalU and Deroceras agreste,

which were obtained from the greenhouses of the U. S. Depart-

ment of Agriculture. These species appear to belong to the genus

Cosmocercoides Wilkie, 1930. The adults inhabit the intestinal

tract of the host; the larvae were found in the eggs of the slug,

Deroceras agreste. These larvae agree in all respects with those

described from the egg of "limace grise" (the grey slug) by

Barthelmy (1858), to which larvae he applied the name Asca-

roides limacis. On the basis of this evidence it appears possible

that Ascaroides limacis may belong in the family Cosmocercidae,

but it is impossible to identify the form in question with existing

genera or species of that family owing to the absence of a descrip-

tion of the adult stage.

April, 1937] the nautilus 133

Another representative of the Cosmocercidae, Trionchonema

rusticum,^ was described by Kreis (1932) from Polygyra espici-

cola (s.o. P. espiloca).

The species Ascaris cylindnca, which Leidy (1849) described

from the intestine of Helix alternata (s.o. Anguispira alternata)

and Angiostoma hclicis, and which Conte and Bonnet (1903)

described from the gonads and gonoducts of Helix aspersa, also

appears to be most closely related to the Cosmocercidae so far as

can be judged from available descriptions of this form.

The genus Cosmocercoides as well as other genera of the family

Cosmocercidae are generally known as parasites of amphibians

and reptiles. It is not uncommon for invertebrates to serve as

intermediate hosts of vertebrate parasites, but Angiostoma and

Cosmocercoides appear to be the first genera of nematodes known

to contain species which are parasites both of vertebrates and in-

vertebrates. The similarities of habitat of snails and salamanders

may in part explain the presence of the adult stage of members

of the group in both types of host.

3. The third group, parasites living as larvae in the foot-muscle

and having a free-living adult stage, contains a single representa-

tive Alloionema appendiculata Schneider (1859). This species

was first described from Avion ater, and was later refigured and

redescribed in considerable detail by Claus (1868). Alloionema

appendiculata has not been observed in recent years and its syste-

matic position is still uncertain.

4. The fourth group, adult nematodes living in the genital

organs, likewise contains but a single representative, Leptodera

flexilis Dujardin, 1845, It was originally reported from Limax

cinereus.

5. The fifth group, nematodes and Nematomorpha, which live

as agamic forms in the body cavity and leave the host upon reach-

ing sexual maturity, contains several representatives, as follows :

Gordius aquaticus from Lymnaea sp. L. vulgaris and L. ovata;

Gordius villoti from L. ovata; Paragordius tricuspidatus from L.

ovata; Parachordodes tolosanus from Lymnaea sp. ; Mermis

nigrescens from Limax agrestis (s.o. Deroceras agrestis) ; and

Mermis albicans from Succinea putris.

1 The genus Trionchonema Kreis (1932) appears to be a synonym of

Cosmocercoides Wilkie, 1930.

134 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

6. Of the sixth group, larval stages of nematodes the adults of

which are parasites of vertebrates, only one species is known,

namely, Mulleriiis capillaris. Hobmaier and Hobmaier (1929

and 1930) have reported this species from the following hosts:

Limax cinereus, L. flavus, Agriolimax agrestis (s.o. Deroceras

agreste), Avion circumscriptus, A. empiricorum, A. hortensis, A.

suhfuscus, Helix hortensis, H. pomatia, Succinea putris, 8. pfief-

feri, Eygromia (Fruticicola) hispida, Monacha umhrosa (s.o.

Hygromia umhrosa), M. hidens, Cepaea hortensis (s.o. Helix

hortensis), Cingulifera planospira, Helicigona (Chilostoma)

planospira and Helicigona (Arianta) arhustorum. MUllerius

capillaris in the adult stage is an economically important parasite

of sheep. It would be rather surprising if future investigations

do not disclose the fact that snails can serve as intermediate hosts

for many nematode parasites of vertebrates.

In addition to the above records there are a few nematodes from

snails concerning which so little is known that the writers hesitate

to place them in any of the above groups. They are as follows :

Duhium Rudolphi, 1819, from Helix nutris {= ("i) Succinia

putris) ; Phacelura paludinae Ehrenburg in Hemprich and

Ehrenburg, 1828, from Bythinia tentaculata and Vivipara vera;

Phacelura inquilina (Miiller, 1774) Diesing, 1851, from Lymnaea

auricularia, Physa fontinalis, and Planorhis corneus; and Phace-

lura lymnaei Diesing, 1851 {=Filaria lymnaei-stagnalis Diesing

1851), from Lymnaea stagnalis.

The writers are at present continuing investigations on the

nematode fauna of molluscs and would appreciate aid from mala-

cologists either in the form of living hosts or preserved nematodes

obtained from snails.

References

Barthelmy, M. A. 1858. — Etudes sur le development et les

migrations d'un nematoide parasite de I'oeuf de la limace grise.

Ann. d. sc. nat. Par., ZooL, 5s, v. 10 (1) : 41-48.

Claus, F. W. 1868. — Beobachtungen iiber die Organisation

und Fortpflanzung von Leptodera appendiculata. Schrift. d.

Gesellsch. z. Beford. d. ges. Naturw. zu Marburg. Suppl. Heft

3, 24 pp., 3 pis., figs. 1-31.

Cobb, N. A. 1888. — Beitrage zur Anatomic und Ontogenie der

Nematoden. pp. 1-36. Jena.

April, 1937] the nautilus 135

Coute, A., and Bonnet, A. 1903. — Sur un nematode nouveau

Angiostoma helicis n. sp., Parasite de I'appareil genital d^Helix

aspersa (Miill.) Ann. Soc. Linn, de Lyon. n. s. v. 50: 63-68.

Dujardin, F. 1845. — Histoire naturelle des helminthes ou vers

intestinaux. xvi -t 654 + 15 pp.

Hobmaier, A., and Hobmaier, M. 1929. — Uber die Entwicke-

lung des Lungenwurmes Synthetocaulus capillaris in Nackt-,

Weg-, und Schnirkelschnecke. Miinchen. Tierarztl. Wchnschr.

V. 80 (36) : 497-500. 1930. — Limax und Succinia, zwei neue

Zwisclien-Wirte von Mullerius {Synthetocaulus) capillaris des

Schafes und der Ziege. Miinchen. tierarztl. Wchnschr. v. 81

(23) : 1-8.

Kreis, H. A. 1932. — Trionchonema rusticum n. g., n. sp., a

parasitic nematode from the land snail, Polygyra espicola Bland

(Helicidae). Tr. Am. Micr. Soc, v. 51 (1) : 48-56.

Leidy, J. 1849. — [New genera and species of Entozoa] . Proc.

Acad. Nat. Sc. Phila. v. 4 (11) : 229-233.

Maupas, E. 1899. — La mue et I'enkystement chez les nema-

todes. Arch. d. zool. exper. et gen. Ser. 3, v. 7 : 563-628.

Schneider, A. 1859. Uber eine Nematodenlarva und gewisse

Verschiedenheiten in den Geschleehtsorganen der Nematoden.

Ztschr. f. wissenseh. Zool., v. 10 (1) : 176-178. 1866.— Mono-

graphic der Nematoden. viii + 357 pp., Berlin,

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF WILLIAM GREENE BINNEY

BY ARTHUR F. GRAY

(concluded from p. 101)

22. Check List of the Shells of North America, Terrestrial Gas-

teropods, by W. G. Binney. (No date.) Smithsonian Misc.

Coll., pp. 45-50. Second Edition. (Section I. Pacific Coast,

Section II. Eastern North America, and Section III. Mexico.)

23. Check List of the Shells of North America — Fluviatile

Gasteropoda, by W. G. Binney. (No date.) Smithsonian Misc.

CoU., pp. 51-57.

24. Catalogue of Land and Fresh-water Univalve Mollusks col-

lected in British America, by Messrs. Ross, Kennicott and Drex-

ler, and deposited in the Smithsonian Collection, Proc. Acad. Nat.

Sci. Philadelphia, Oct., 1861, p. 330.

25. Notes on the Terrestrial Mollusks of the Peninsula of Cali-

fornia. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, Oct., 1861, pp. 331-

333, with wood-cuts. (New species described are Bulimus Xan-

tusi, B. artemisia, B. pilula, and B. inscendens. ) Also published

separately.

136 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

26. Synopsis of North American Limnaeidae. Distributed in

form of Proof-sheets only, as part of Smithsonian Collections,

May 4, 1863, pp. 7 (pp. 63-69).

27. Note on the Geographical Distribution of North American

Land Shells. Proc. Boston Soe. Nat. Hist., Vol. IX, 1863, p. 177.

28. On Erosion of Shells. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist., Vol.

IX, 1863, p. 327. (Erosion of Melania and MelantJio mentioned.)

29. Synopsis of Air-breathing Mollusks of North America.

Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Dec. 9, 1863, pp. 12 (pp. 71-82).

30. Bibliography of North American Conchology, Previous to

the year 1860. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Vol. V, Washington,

1863-1864. Part I, American Authors, pp. 650, March, 1863.

Part II, Foreign Authors, pp. 306, June, 1864.

31. The Complete Writings of Constance Smaltz Rafinesque

on Recent and Fossil Conchology (in connection with George W,

Tryon, Ja.). 1864, pp. 103, wood-cuts, and 3 plates.

32. Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America. Part II,

Pulmonata Limnophila and Thalassophila. Pp. 161, and wood-

cuts. Smithsonian Misc. Coll., Washington. 1865.

33. Note on the Jaws of Helices. Am. Journ. Conch., I, p. 47,

pi. vi, Feb., 1865. (On the jaw of Helix tryoni Newc.)

34. Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America. Part III,

Ampullariidae, Valvatidae, Viviparidae, Fresh-water Rissoidae,

Cyclophoridae, Truncatellidae, Fresh-water Neritidae, Helicini-

dae. Pp. 120, and wood-cuts, Smithsonian Misc. Coll. Vol. I,

Washington, 1865.

35. Descriptions of the Genus Ariolimax. Moerch. Am. Journ.

Conch., Vol. I, p. 48, pi. vi, Feb., 1865. (Ariolimax columhianus.)

36. Descriptions of New Species of North American Land and

Fresh-water Shells. Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. I, pp. 49-51, pi.

vii, Feb., 1865. (New species described are Vivipara inornata

Binn., Melantho decampi Currier., Cylindrella Coahualensis

Binn., Bulinus terlanderiansis, Binn., Genus Carinifex Binn.)

37. Notes sur quelques especes de mollusques fluviatiles de

I'Amerique du Nord. Journal de Conchologie, Vol. XX (3d

series. Vol. VII), Paris, 1867, pp. 427-432.

38. Synopsis of Invertebrata of Massachusetts. May, 1868, pp.

14. (A check -list sent out for corrections and additions.)

39. On the Lingual Dentition Studied by the Microscope and

Photography. Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. V, pp. 37-38, pi. XI,

July, 1869, by W. G. Binney, with a Note by Thomas Bland.

40. Report on the Invertebrata of Massachusetts, published

agreeably to an order of the Legislature. Second edition, com-

prising the Mollusco. By Augustus A. Gould, M.D. Edited by

W. G. Binney, Boston, 1870, pp. 524, with 12 chromolithographic

plates and 756 wood-cuts.

April, 1937] the nautilus 137

41. The Mollusca of Our Cellars, Am. Nat., Vol. IV, pp. 166-

171, wood-cuts, May, 1870.

42. Note on Vivipera lineata Val. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y.,

Vol. IX, pp. 295-297, 1870.

43. American Land Shells Wanted. A circular privately dis-

tributed. P. 1, 1871.

44. A New Locality for Zonites cellarius Miiller. Am. Nat.,

Vol. VI, p. 494, Aug., 1872.

45. On the Systematic Arrangement of North American Mol-

lusks. By Thomas Bland and Wm. G. Binney. From the

Annals of the Lyceum of Natural History of New York, Vol. X,

pp. 156-170 inclusive, Salem, Mass. Printed at the Salem Press,

1872, 13 pages.

46. Catalogue of the Terrestrial Air-breathing Mollusks of

North America, With Notes on Their Geographical Range. By

W. G. Binney. Bull. Mus. Comp. ZooL, Vol. Ill, No. 9, 1873, pp.

191-220 and map.

47. Binney, Bland, Tryon, Prime and Stimpson, Land and

Fresh-water Shells of North America. Smithsonian Misc. Coll.,

6 parts., Washington, 1865-74, 8vo., with numerous wood-cuts.

(Monographs of all land and fresh-water shells except the

tlnionidae.)

48. On the Anatomy and Lingual Dentition of Ariolimax and

Other Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, May,

1874, pp. 33-63, plates ii-xi.

49. On the Genitalia and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonata.

Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. XI, pp. 20-46, plates i-vi, Sept.,

1874.

50. On the Jaw and Lingual Dentition of North American

Terrestrial Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp.

140-243, pis. 1-18, June, July, 1874.

51. On the Lingual Dentition and Genitalia of Partula and

Other Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 244-

254, pis. 19-21, Sept., 1875.

52. On the Genitalia, Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Certain

Species of Pulmonata. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. XI, pp.

166-196, pis. 12-18, Oct., 1875.

53. On the Land Shells of the Mexican Island of Guadelupe,

Collected by Dr. E. Palmer. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia,

p. 16, March, 1879.

54. On the Lingual Dentition, Jaw, and Genitalia of Carelia,

Onchidella and other Pulmonata. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila-

delphia, pp. 183-192, plate 6, Nov., 1876.

55. The Terrestrial Air-breathing Mollusks of the United States

and Adjacent Territories of North America. Described and Illus-

trated by W. G. Binney, Vol. V. Cambridge : Printed by Welch,

138 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

Bigelow & Co., July, 1878. 8vo. pp. 449, with 104 plates and 312

wood-cuts. Also issued as Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Vol. IV.

56. On the Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Certain Costa Rica

Land Shells. Collected by Dr. William M. Gabb, Ann. N. Y.

Acad. Sci., Vol. I, No. 9, pp. 257-263, plate XI, May, 1879.

57. On Certain North American Species of Zonites, etc. Ann.

N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. I, No. 11, pp. 355-362, plates xiv-xv, Oct.,

1879.

58. On the Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Certain Terrestrial

Mollusks. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. V, No. 16, pp. 38, 2 plates,

December, 1879.

59. Notes on the Jaw and Lingual Dentition of Pulmonate Mol-

lusks. Ann. N. Y. Acad. Sci., Vol. Ill, Nos. 3 and 4, pp. 79-136,-

pls. 2-17, March, 1884.

60. A Supplement to the Fifth Volume of the Terrestrial Air-

breathing Mollusks of the United States and the Adjacent Terri-

tories. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XI, No. 8, pp. 32, 4 plates,

Dec, 1883.

61. A Manual of American Land Shells. By W. G. Binney.

"Washington, Government Printing Office, 1885, pp. 528, with

wood-cuts. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus., Vol. 28.

62. Notes on the Land Shells of Kansas. By W. G. Binney

and Arthur F. Gray. Bull. Washburn College of Nat. Hist., No.

2, pp. 55-56, Jan.-Feb., 1885.

63. Thomas Bland (an account of his life and work). Ameri-

can Journal of Science, Vol. XXX, Nov., 1885.

64. A Second Supplement to the Fifth Volume of the Terres-

trial Air-breathing Mollusks of the United States and Adjacent

Territories. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XIII, No. 2, pp. 26, 3

plates, Dec, 1886.

65. A Third Supplement to the Fifth Volume of the Terres-

trial Air-breathing MoUusks of the United States and Adjacent

Territories. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XIX, No. 4, pp. 44,

11 plates, May, 1890.

66. A Fourth Supplement to the Fifth Volume of the Terres-

trial Air-breathing Mollusks of the United States and Adjacent

Territories. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Vol. XXII, No. 4, pp. 42, 4

plates, Jan., 1892.

II. A List of the Scientific Papers Published in Connection

With Thomas Bland, 1869-1873

67. Land and Fresh-water Shells of North America, Part I,

Pulmonata, Geophila. Pp. 316 and wood-cuts, Smithsonian Misc.

Coll., Washington, 1869.

68. Notes on Lingual Dentition of MoUusca, No. I. Ann. Lye.

Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. IX, pp. 281-295, wood-ucts, Feb., 1870.

April, 1937] the nautilus 139

69. Notes on Lingual Dentition, No. 2. Am. Journ. Conch.,

Vol. VI, pp. 202-215, wood-cuts and pi. IX, April, 1871.

70. Note on the Genus Pineria, and on the Lingual Dentition

of Pineria Ciequensis Pfr. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X,

pp. 22-27, Feb., 1871.

71. Notes on the Lingual Dentition of Pompholyx effusa. Am.

Journ. Conch., Vol. VI, pp. 312-313, pi. XVIII, June, 1871.

72. On the Lingual Dentition of Helix turhiniformis Pfr., and

Other Species of Terrestrial Mollusca. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N.

Y., Vol. X, pp. 79-82, pi. II, July, 1871.

73. On the Lingual Dentition of Clausilia tridens Chemn. Am.

Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, pp. 28-29, pi. II, Aug., 1871.

74. On the Lingual Dentition of Helicina occulta. Am.

Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, pp. 29-30, pi. II, Aug., 1871.

75. On the Lingual Dentition of Limnaea appressa Say, and

Limnaea megasoma Say. Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, pp. 161-

162, pi. XII, Nov., 1871.

76. On the Lingual Dentition of Veronicella. Am. Journ.

Conch.. Vol. VII, pp. 163-164, pi. XII, Nov., 1871.

77. On the Systematic Arrangement of North American Ter-

restrial Mollusca. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X, pp. 158-

169, April, 1872. (In connection with the above ''Note on Helix

inversicolor Fer. and other species from Mauritius," pp. 169-170,

appeared.)

78. On the Lingual Dentition and Jaws of Terrestrial Mol-

lusca, No. 3. Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, pp. 174^184, March,

1872.

79. On the Lingual Dentition of Blandiella, Geomelania and

Amphihulima. Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, pp. 185-186, pi.

XVII, March, 1872.

80. On the Lingual Dentition of Nanina. Am. Journ. Conch.,

Vol. VII, pp. 188-189, pi. XVII, March, 1872.

81. On the Lingual Dentition of Macroceramus gossei Pfr.

Am. Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, p. 187, pi. XVII, March, 1872.

82. On the Generic Position of Helix neivterryana. Am.

Journ. Conch., Vol. VII, pp. 190-191, pi. XVII, March, 1872.

83. Notes on the Lingual Dentition of Certain Species of

North American Land Shells. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadel-

phia, pp. 135-137, Sept., 1872.

84. On the Relations of Certain Genera of Terrestrial Mollusca

of, or Related to, the Sub-family Succiniae, With Notes on the

Lingual Dentition of Snccinea appendicidata Pfr. Ann. Lye.

Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X. pp. 198-207, pi. IX, Oct., 1872.

85. Description of Hemphillia, a New Genus of Terrestrial

Mollusks. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X, pp. 208-211, pi.

IX, Oct., 1872. {Hemphillia glandulosa described.)

140 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

86. On the Lingual Dentition of Certain Terrestrial Pulmon-

ata, Foreign to the United States, (with) Additional Note on the

Genus Amphibulima. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X, pp.

219-225, Dec., 1872, Jan. 1873.

87. On the Lingual Dentition of Gaeotis, Foreign to the United

States, (with) Additional Note on the Genus Amphibulima.

Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X, pp. 252-255, pi. XI, Jan.,

1873.

88. Note on a Curious Form of Lingual Dentition in Physa,

Foreign to the United States, (with) Additional Note on the

Genus Amphibulima. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X, pp.

255-257, pi. XI, Jan., 1873.

89. On the Lingual Dentition and Jaw of Certain Terrestrial

Pulmonata from the United States, with Remarks on Their Sys

tematie Value. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, pp. 240-256

pi. I, 1873.

90. On Prophysaon, a New Pulmonate Mollusk, on Ariolimax

on Helix lychnuchus and Other Species. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist

N. Y., Vol. X, pp. 293-311, pis. XIII-XIV, 1873.

91. On the Lingual Dentition and Anatomy of Achatinella

and Other Pulmonata. Ann. Lye. Nat. Hist. N. Y., Vol. X, pp

331-351, pis. XV-XVI, Nov., 1873.

NOTES AND NEWS

BoHUMiL Shimek. — All conchologists will greatly mourn the

loss of this eminent authority on loess mollusks, who died January

29th, at his home in Iowa City.— H. A. P. & H. B. B.

Miss Theodora Willard, Secretary of the Boston Malaco-

logical Club, died in Boston, February 17.

A double-lipped Strombus. — ^A female specimen of Strombus

bituberculatus Lam., taken in Lake Worth, Florida, near the

lower inlet, after forming an expanded lip resumed growth from

the inner margin of the expansion, forming a second thick, ex-

panded lip about 13 mm. in advance of the first one. The shell

is of the small, east coast variety, 63 mm. long. — Thomas Mc-

GlNTY.

The American Malacological Union will hold its seventh

annual meeting in the University of Michigan Museum, Ann

Arbor, Michigan, August 3 to 5 inclusive. Titles of papers with

April, 1937] the nautilus 141

approximate time for delivery may be sent to Mr. Calvin Good-

rich at the University Museum or to the Financial Secretary of

the Union, Mrs. Harold R. Robertson, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, New York.

AcANTHOCHiTONA PYGMAEA (Pils.), known from Cedar Keys

and Key West, was taken this year at Boynton, the first record

from the east coast of Florida. — Thomas McGinty.

The Conchological Club of Southern California elected Dr.

H. A. Pilsbry an Honorary Member at the meeting of Febru-

ary 9.

West Florida was the conchologist 's Mecca last year, when one

of the best meetings of the American Malacological Union was

held at St. Petersburg. This year's conchological meetings in

Florida, though informal, were scarcely less interesting. At

Lantana, with the neighboring Lake Worth and Boynton, the

group consisted of Mr. Maxwell Smith, who is about to publish

a manual of East Coast shells, Mr. Paul P. McGinty and his sons

Paul and Tom, both accomplished collectors, Mr, Edw. P. Burch,

and the senior editor of Nautilus. For a few red letter days

we were joined by Dr. and Mrs. B. R. Bales, on their way up from

Key West. Mr. Frank Lyman and Mrs. Lyman, who are always

finding something interesting, represented the commercial side of

the shell game, and Ted Dranga, the Honolulu shell and coral

diver, tried his skull on Boynton beach. It was pleasant also to

meet the Miami group, Grimshawe, Frampton, Pflueger, Deckert

and others, and to see their beautiful collections of tree shells.

In West Florida a "shell fair" was held on February 25 and

26 in the Community House at Sanibel Island, under the direc-

tion of Dr. Louise Perry. There were many beautiful exhibits,

almost wholly shells of Sanibel Island and vicinity. The atten-

dance was very large, but of course mainly of those interested in

shells for their beauty rather than their scientific value.

An attractive exhibit of Liguus and Polymita picta was made

by Tom McGinty at the annual Palm Beach Flower Show. Shells

were shown on trees as they live in the hammocks, as well as in

142 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

more formal arrangement. The living Liguus, moving about,

had a crowd of admirers.

With these events and several collecting trips each week for

marine or land shells and Pliocene fossils, the time was too short.

It is rumored that the Florida members of the Malacological

Union may strike for longer hours and more days in the week.

Cratena veronica Verrill. — While collecting on the coast of

Maine at South Harpswell from May 9 to 11, 1936, two specimens

of Cratena veronica Ver. were taken on the sponge, Halichondria

panicea Pal. just below low water mark. One animal was 12 mm.

and the other 8 mm. in length. They were laying eggs when

taken. This collection extends the range for this species from

Gloucester, Mass., to South Harpswell, Maine, 90 miles north. —

Henry D. Russell.

The Type of Amicula Gray. — The type of this loricate genus

has long been considered to be the Arctic vestita Sowerby, dating

the formation of the genus from 1847. However, in the second

edition of Sowerby 's Conchological Manual, 1842, on page 61, we

find that Amicula is ''formed for the reception of Chiton amicu-

latus Auct., the valves of which are covered by an integument ; so

as to be completely hidden externally. ' ' We see that this is not

the true amiculatus Pallas, but the shell so named and figured in

Sowerby 's Conchological Hlustrations (1840 or 1841), figure 80.

This is the species now called Cryptochiton stelleri Midd.

Amicula Sowerby, 1842, will therefore replace Cryptochiton

Middendorif, 1847, while Amicula Gray, 1847, and subsequent

authors will become a synonym of Symmetrogephyrus Midden-

dorff, 1847, of which the type is Chiton pallasii Midd., a species

closely allied to vestita Sowerby. It might be mentioned that in

1843, in the second volume of Dieffenbach's Travels in New Zea-

land, page 246, Gray used Amicula for the single species Chiton

monticularis Q. & G., a synonym of Cryptoconchus porosus Bur-

row. Amicula Gray, 1843 (not Amicula Sowerby, 1842, nor

Amicula Gray, 1847) will therefore fall into the synonymy of

Cryptoconchus 'Blainv.' Burrow. — H. A. Rehder.^

1 The data given above on Amicula and Cryptochiton have been discussed

by Iredale and Dall, Nautilus 39, 1925, pp. 47, 75. — Ed.

April, 1937] the nautilus 143

CONGERIA LEUCOPHAEATA (CON.) IN THE HUDSON RiVER. — Re-

cently Mr. Heury K. Townes of Cornell University sent to the

National IMuseum a collection of Crustacea from the Hudson

River. Among them were two specimens of Congeria (Mytilop-

sis) leucophaeata Conrad, collected alive at Haverstraw, Rockland

County, New York, about 30 miles above New York City. A

perusal of the literature dealing with this species discloses no

record further north than Chesapeake Bay. This then consti-

tutes a notable extension of the range of this brackish- water form.

— H. A. Rehder.

PoLYGYRA CADDOENSis Archer. — In the NAUTILUS, July, 1935,

Vol. XLIX, pp. 19-20, I described a new species called Polygyra

eaddoensis. The description was based on some specimens col-

lected in 1913 by H. E. Wheeler at Caddo Gap, Montgomery Co.,

Arkansas. Very shortly after the paper was sent in to the

Nautilus, I undertook an expedition to Arkansas under the

auspices of the University of Michigan and the Alabama Museum

of Natural History. I found this species in fair abundance at

Caddo Gap. Some sixty-one specimens were collected. The

snails were found living under stones, rocks, and chunks of wood.

They appear to be especially partial to charred pine wood. They

occur from the base of the mountain to the summit, occupying all

types of situations, oak-hickory ravines, the thin, open woods, and

occurring commonly in open clearings along the road and at the

base of the mountain. With them were living the closely related

P. uncifera Pilsbry. The latter is three times more common, for

nearly two hundred were collected in the same space of time. —

A. F. Archer.

Physa canadensis Whiteaves. — ^Whiteaves (1885, Geol. Sur-

vey of Canada, Contrib. to Paleont. 1, p. 14, pi. 2, fig. 5, 5a-b)

describes a Cretaceous fossil as Physa copei var. canadensis.

There is no question but that Whiteaves had two species judging

from the excellence of his figures. Russell (1926, Trans. Royal

Soc. Canada (3), 20, pt. 2, sec. 4, pp. 215-219) deals with the same

sort of fossil material. Russell "reproposed" the name P. cana-

densis and describes 4 new varieties, two on additional material,

144 THE NAUTILUS [Vol. 50 (4)

two on the figures of Whiteaves. The name canadensis is left out

in the cold, being retained only as a convenient heading under

which to group the four new names.

It is a perfect legal procedure to split up any previously de-

scribed species when the figures or type specimens show that

actually the original name covered more than one species. It is

at least courteous, not to mention nomenclatorial rules, that the

original name be retained for one of the species in question. No

fault is here found in the work of Russell, only the methods he

used in handling the names. The name canadensis was retained,

but the types of all the varieties were placed under new names.

Any subsequent worker may possibly raise these varietal names

to specific standing and consequently canadensis would disappear.

The following synopsis reestablishes Whiteaves' name.

Physa canadensis canadensis Whiteaves (Physa copei var.

canadensis Whiteaves, 1885, Geol. Survey of Canada, Contrib.

Canad. Paleont. 1, p. 14, pi. 2, figs. 5, 5a-b; [types here desig-

nated as figures 5 and 5b on plate 2]). Physa canadensis var.

ampla Russell 1926, Trans. Royal Soc. Canada (3), 20, pt. 2, sec.

4, p. 217, pi. 2, fig. 8).

Physa canadensis parvaturris Russell (loc. cit., p. 216, pi. 2,

fig. 3-4).

Physa canadensis media Russell (loc. cit., p. 216, pi. 2, fig. 5).

Physa canadensis tenuis Russell (loc. cit., p. 216, pi. 2, figs.

6-7 ; based on Whiteaves ' fig. 5a, pi. 2, a new type is instituted

from a different locality. — ^William J. Clench.

Dr. Katharine Jeannette Bush, the first woman to be granted

the doctor's degree in zoology at Yale University, died at Hart-

ford, Conn., on January 19, following an incapacitating illness of

nearly ten years. She had just passed her eighty-first birthday.

Her professional career began in 1881, as assistant to the late

Professor A. E. Verrill in studies on the marine invertebrates col-

lected by the U. S. Fish Commission off the Atlantic Coast and in

the Gulf Stream. She was later associated with the U. S. National

Museum and with the Peabody Museum of Yale. Her publications

consisted of systematic papers on the classification of annelids and

mollusks, with descriptions of many new species. — Science.

A genus of palms from No Name Key, Florida, has been named

Simpsonia by 0. F. Cook (Science 85: 333) in honor of Charles

T. Simpson.

Vol. 50 JULY, 1936 No. 1

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUAETERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PDBLISHERS :

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology,

University of Pennsylvania

CONTENTS

A Canoe Trip in the Ten Thousand Islands to Collect

Liguus. By Paul L. McGinty 1

Collecting Mollusca on the Iranian Plateau. By H. E. J.

Biggs 8

Some Mollusks from Utah. By 8. T. Brooks 13

Notes on Helix nemoralis at Lexington, Virginia. By Dun-

can McConnell 15

Ovoviviparity among Mollusks. By Henry van der Schalie 16

Oxystyla undata undata in Florida. By H. A. Pilshry and

C. N. Grimshawe 19

New Tertiary Shells from Florida. By Maxwell Smith 20

Corbicula cowlitzensis Weaver. By Ruth E. Coats 23

Three New Sections and Rectifications of specific names in

Pectinidae. By Leo George Hertlein 24

Bryant Walker. John Henry Gatliff. H. N. Lowe 28

Notes and News 28

Publications Received 31

The Sixth Annual Meeting of the American Malacological

Union. By Imogene C. Robertson 33

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post OflSce at Phila-

delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

11 THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Eeprints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or

attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to

Paul P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl'd, Detroit, Mich.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The NAUTaus. Especially "Vols.

3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prof. C. M. Steenberg, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to

me. Please send full list of duplicates v?hen writing.

Miguel L. Jaume, Calle 6 No. 24^^, Vedado-Habana, Cuba.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or

varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,

Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.

THE NAUTILUS Ul

AN ANNOUNCEMENT!

The Index to The Nautilus—Part II

A continuation of the Index to The Nautilus, with an additional Geo-

graphically arranged subject index, is nearing completion. Part II covers

the issues from 1921 to 1931 (volumes 35 to 44 inclusive). It is planned to

issue this index every ten years.

The forthcoming index will be printed on a good grade of Book paper

and unless otherwise requested (with additional charge) will be bound with

paper backs. The size will be the same as the Index published by George H.

Clapp and Bryant Walker in 1927, and will consist of weU over 100 pages

with nearly 15,000 entries.

Due to the great amount of labor and the expense of publishing, it will

be necessary to sell this issue of the index by subscription. The number

printed will depend on the number of subscribers of the The Nautilus that

order their copies within the next month or two. Please send orders promptly

to STANLEY T. BROOKS, Curator of the Laboratory of Recent Inverte-

brates of the Carnegie Museum,

PITTSBURGH, PENNSYLVANIA, U. S. A.

In order to facilitate the publication of the continuation of the Index

to The Nautilus please sign the following order: —

I hereby promise to pay upon receipt of the published work, by check

or money order, a sum not to exceed three ($3.00) dollars. Special bind-

ing not included.

I also understand that if there is an insufficient demand and support by

the Malacologists and other interested individuals and institutions this Index

will not be printed and no responsibility will remain between the contracting

parties.

Signed, „

WANTED TO PURCHASE

Private Collections of Recent Mollusca, that are of a scientific nature,

with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of

duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value

in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species,

laud, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world.

WALTER F. WEBB,

202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the

Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener,

Semper 's work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America

and a hundred other vols, as well as several hundred authors separates, some

in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants.

WALTER F. WEBB

Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph ■

of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861

SALE PUBCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly !Labelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for

Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(Late SOWEBBY & FUI^TON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by

Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant

Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400

pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to

THE NAUTILUS

HORACE B. BAKER, Zool. Liab., University of Pennsylvania,

Philadelphia, Pa.

Vol. 50 OCTOBER, 1936 No. 2

TH F

NAUTILUS^^,

A QUAETERLY /'-s'v^iioT-yljN /\

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF C0NCH0L0GIST8 -^/O ^)^:

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS: ' "" f ' iC

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of Mollusca| ; J | L I K R A R Y j

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia f..''\ _ /

H. BURRINGTON BAKER. Associate Professor of Zoology, ' ^\ /^

University of Pennsylvania '^'C^'-^AJ^'bi^CN

CONTENTS ""'-^* -^

/\.

The Distribution of the Limpkin and its Staple Food, Pomacea.

By Francis Harper 37

Helisoma Ammon (Gould). By Junius Henderson 41

Edgar Allan Poe's Conchologieal Text. By A. Myra Keen 42

The Distribution of Melania and Neritina in the British

Solomon Islands. By W. J. Eyderdam 44

The Gastropod Fauna of the Intertidal Zone at Moss Beach,

San Mateo County, California. By H. E. Yokes 46

A Reduction of Cyprea Annae Roberts and Cyprea Polita Rob-

erts to Synonomy with Cyprea Semiplota Mighels. By

William M. Ingram 51

A New Subspecies of Papuina with Records of Land Mollusks

from Eastern Papua and Associated Islands. By Wil-

liam J. Clench 53

Three New Sections and Recifications of Some Specific Names

in the Pectinidae. By Leo George Hertlein 54

Bryant Walker 1856-1936 59

Herbert Nelson Lowe 64

Boston Malacological Club 66

Some Erroneous and Misleading Records on Occurrence of

Shells of the Helminthoglypta Cuyamacensis Group. By

Wendell 0. Gregg 67

Notes and News 69

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at Phila-

delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

11 THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Molluskg, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Eeprints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or

attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacologieal Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Eobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Foe Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to

Paul P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl'd, Detroit, Mich.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The NAUTHiUS. Especially Vols.

3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prof. C. M. Steenberg, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to

me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing.

Miguel L. Jaume, Calle 6 No. 24^4, Vedado-Habana, Cuba.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetu^ dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or

varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,

Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.

(Continued on p. Hi)

THE NAUTILUS Ul

For Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and

tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:

J. L. Staid, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

SAY'S AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY

A fortunate discover}^ has made available a few copies of the

rare seventh part of the original issue of this important and valu-

able work, which is complete in but few libraries.

Copies of this part, edited by Conrad after Say's death, com-

plete in original covers with colored plates, can be supplied at

$7.50 each.

There is also available one complete copy of the entire work,

parts I to VII, in original covers, plates colored, some covers

smudged, price $50.00.

Uncolored copies of twenty-two plates scattered through the

work are also available at fifty cents each ; several are represented

by colored copies for sale at $1.00 each. Number of plates avail-

able on request.

A few copies of the "Glossary to Say's Conchology," published

at New Harmony, in 1832, are available at $3.00 each. This offer-

ing is made subject to prior sale, and the prices given include

transportation.

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE

igth and the Parkway,

Philadelphia, Penna.

WANTED TO PURCHASE

Private Collections of Recent Mollusca, that are of a scientific nature,

with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of

duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value

in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species,

land, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world.

WALTER F. WEBB,

202 Westminster Road, Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the

Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener,

Semper 's work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America

and a hundred other vols, as well as several hundred authors separates, some

in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants.

WALTER F. WEBB

Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph

of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Depaxtment of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861

SALE PUKCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly Liabelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for

Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(liate SOWERBY & FCIjTON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by

Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant

Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400

pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to

THE NAUTILUS

HORACE; B. BAKER, Zool. liab., University of Pennsylvania,

Philadelphia, Pa.

Vol. 50 JANUARY, 1937 No. 3

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUAETERLY

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS :

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of MoUusca,

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology,

University of Pennsylvania 'v

CONTENTS

The Type Locality of Oreohelix Strigosa (Gould). By Allyn

G. Smith 73

The Family Cypraeidae in the Hawaiian Islands. By Wil-

liam M. Ingram 77

Goniobasis Columbiensis Whiteaves. By Calvin Goodrich 82

A Californian Pomatiopsis. By H. A. Pilsbry 84

Onchidium (Onehidella) Floridanum Dall. By William J.

Clench 85

Notes on Isehnochiton Ophioderma and Milneria Kelseyi.

By Fred Baker 86

Land Snails of Kadiak. By 8. Stillman Berry 87

Distribution of Fossil Oysters of Hawaii. By J. M. Oster-

gaard 88

A Note on the Fossil Marine Fauna Dredged from the Japa-

nese Seas. By Sitihei Nomura and Kotora Hatai 89

The Occurrence of Tethys Willcoxi in New England Waters,

and another Record for this Locality. By Daniel Merri-

man 95

The "West Virginian Pupillidae in the Carnegie Museum. By

Stanley Truman Brooks 97

Bibliography of William G. Binney. By Arthur F. Gray 98

Notes and News 100

Publications Received 107

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HORACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at Phila-

delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

U THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Henry A. Pilsbry and H. Burrington Baker.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the &T»t of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Eeprints are furnished at printer 'a rates. Orders should be written on or

attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6,00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the offlcial organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Eobertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

For Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare soUdus, to exchange for AchatineUa, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to

Paul. P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl'd, Detroit, Mich.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Numbers of The Nautilus. Especially Vols.

3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Horace B. Baker, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: PupiUidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

Prop. C. M. Steenberq, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

For Exchange: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to

me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing.

Miguel L. Jaume, Calle 6 No. 24^, Vedado-Habana, Cuba.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetv^ dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or

varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,

Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Baker, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.

(Continued on p. Hi)

THE NAUTILUS 111

For Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and

tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:

J. L, Staid, 123 Eue Clovis, Eheims, Marne, France.

For Exchange: Southern California shells. Please send list of duplicates

when writing. W. G. Lehniann,

Box 222, Corona del Mar, California, U. S. A.

SAY'S AMERICAN CONCHOLOGY

A fortunate discovery has made available a few copies of the

rare seventh part of the original issue of this important and valu-

able work, which is complete in but few libraries.

Copies of this part, edited by Conrad after Say's death, com-

plete in original covers with colored plates, can be supplied at

$7.50 each.

There is also available one complete copy of the entire work,

parts I to VII, in original covers, plates colored, some covers

smudged, price $50.00.

Uncolored copies of twenty-two plates scattered through the

work are also available at fifty cents each ; several are represented

by colored copies for sale at $1.00 each. Number of plates avail-

able on request.

A few copies of the ''Glossary to Say's Conchology," published

at New Harmony, in 1832, are available at $3.00 each. This offer-

ing is made subject to prior sale, and the prices given include

transportation.

THE ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCE

igth and the Parkway,

Philadelphia, Penna.

WANTED TO PURCHASE

Private Collections of Eecent Mollusea, that are of a scientific nature,

with full and definite localities. Will also purchase entire collections of

duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value

in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species,

land, fresh water, and marine from aU parts of the world.

WALTER F. WEBB,

202 Westminster Eoad, Rochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the

Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener,

Semper 's work on Philippine Shells, Mollusea of Mexico and Central America

and a hundred other vols, as well as several hundred authors separates, some

in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants.

WALTER F. WEBB

Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph

of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861

SALE PURCHASE EXCHANGE

Good Adalt Specimens Correctly Liabelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for

Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(Liate 80WEBBY & FCIiTON)

27 Shaftesbury Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by

Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant

Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400

pages. Price $5.00. Address all orders to

THE NAUTILUS

HOBAC£ B. BAKER, Zool. r.ab.. University of Pennsylvania,

Pliiladelphia, Pa.

Vol. 50 APRIL, 1937 No. 4

T H F

NAUTILUS

A QUARTEELY ^,f. ' .

DEVOTED TO THE INTERESTS OF CONCHOLOGISTS fOrJ^ r ., --^

EDITORS AND PUBLISHERS: ,/*^,'aV-^ , <

HENRY A. PILSBRY, Curator of the Department of MoUusca, |/**^Y ^^'^''^ r

Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia IUlJ I L I !? f? A R Y 1

University of Pennsylvania \^

H. BURRINGTON BAKER, Associate Professor of Zoology, i ,-/• V .^ ., _ /

^

CONTENTS

Secondary Sex Organs and Taxonomy in the Neritidae. By

E. A. Andrews 109

Mollusca from the Prince Albert National Park, Saskatche-

wan. By Frank C. Baker 113

Civilization and Land Mollusks in Ohio. By A. F. Archer 117

Micrariontas of the Southwestern Colorado Desert. By G.

Willett ■ 122

Early Tertiary Mollusca from Wyoming. By Loris 8. Bus-

sell 125

Snails as Hosts and Carriers of Nematodes and Nemato-

morpha. By B. G. Chitwood and M. B. Chitwood 130

Bibliography of William Greene Binney. By Arthur F.

Gray 135

Notes and News 140

$2.00 per year ($2.15 to Foreign Countries) 50 cents a copy

HOEACE B. BAKER, Business Manager

Zoological Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania,

38th and Woodland Avenue, PhiladelpMa, Pa.

Entered as Second-Class matter, October 29, 1932, at the Post Office at Phila-

delphia, Pa., under the Act of March 3, 1879.

U THE NAUTILUS

THE NAUTILUS:

A Quarterly Journal devoted to the study of Mollusks, edited and pub-

lished by Heney a. Pilsbey and H. Bueeington Bakee.

Matter for publication should reach the senior editor by the first of the

month preceding the month of issue (January, April, July and October).

Eepeints are furnished at printer 's rates. Orders should be written on or

attached to first page of manuscript.

4 pp. 8 pp. 16 pp.

50 copies $3.70 5.40 7.60

100 copies 4.10 6.00 8.50

Additional 100s 75 1.20 1.80

Covers : 50 for $2.50 ; additional covers at the rate of $1.50 per hundred.

Plates (pasted in) : 65 cents for 50; $1.20 for 100.

The Nautilus is the official organ of the American Malacological Union.

Information regarding membership in the Union may be obtained from Mrs.

Imogene C. Robertson, Financial Secretary, Buffalo Museum of Science,

Buffalo, N. Y.

EXCHANGE NOTICES

Foe Exchange: Fifteen varieties, Florida tree snails (Liguus) including

three of the rare solidus, to exchange for Achatinella, Amphidromus,

Bulimulus, Cochlostyla, Orthalicus, Porphyrobaphe and Placostylus.

Send your list to

Paul P. McGinty, 9010 Dexter Bl'd, Detroit, Mich.

Wanted: Back Volumes and Nimibers of The NAUTmus. Especially Vols.

3, 4, 18, 20, 21, 22, 23 and 24. Address

Hoeace B. Bakee, Zool. Lab., Univ. Pennsylvania.

Wanted: Pupillidae preserved in alcohol for dissection.

PEOr. C. M. Steenbeeg, University of Copenhagen,

Norregade 10, Denmark

Foe Exchange: Cuban shells (land, f.w. and marine) for species new to

me. Please send full list of duplicates when writing.

Miguel L. Jaume, Calle 6 No. 24^^, Vedado-Habana, Cuba.

Wanted: Specimens with the animal of Menetus dilatatus, M. sampsoni, or

varieties of these species. Exchanges offered in material from Arizona,

Mexico, and South America.

F. C. Bakee, Natural History Museum, University of Illinois,

Urbana, 111.

{Continued on p. Hi)

THE NAUTILUS ui

For Exchange: European and Foreign shells (large number of recent and

tertiary sp.) offered against sp. new to me. Apply with full list to:

J. L. Staid, 123 Rue Clovis, Rheims, Marne, France.

Fob Exchange: Southern California shells. Please send list of duplicates

when writing. W. G. Lehmann,

Box 222, Corona del Mar, California, U. S. A.

WANTED TO PURCHASE

Private Collections of Recent MoUusca, that are of a scientific nature,

with full and definite localities. WUl also purchase entire collections of

duplicates, where of fine quality and from localities that would be of value

in making exchanges. My exchange list covers some four thousand species,

land, fresh water, and marine from all parts of the world.

WALTER F. WEBB,

202 Westminster Bead, Eochester, N. Y.

FOR SALE

Many fine works on Conchology at bargain prices. Complete set of the

Nautilus, Journal of Malacology, most of Journal of Conchology, Kiener,

Semper 's work on Philippine Shells, Mollusca of Mexico and Central America

and a hundred other vols, as well as several hundred authors separates, some

in fine new bound vols. Send stamp for list or state wants.

WALTER r. WEBB

Box 1854 St. Petersburg, Florida

TO ALL MUSEUMS AND COLLECTORS:

If you will send to me a Johnson check list with the specimens you espe-

cially desire checked off, or indicated, I will place your name on my "serve

in proper turn list." This vnll fix matters so that you may secure some

of the more rare species being turned up from time to time by The Frank

Lyman Family. Your check list will be promptly returned. Fifty per

cent discount is allowed to all Public Museums. No exchanges are made.

All specimens sent on approval. If your wants are few a letter stating

species desired will serve as well as a check list. Write today.

FRANK B. LYMAN,

Lantana, Florida

SPECIALIZING

On rare Florida sea shells. Public Museums allowed special discounts.

All collectors and museums furnished with the very rare specimens in their

proper turn as they appear on my lists for certain species. Write now.

FRANK B. LYMAN,

Lantana, Florida

IV THE NAUTILUS

EAST COAST MARINE SHELLS

Descriptions of shore moUusks occurring from Maine to Texas together

with figures of practically every species including many from off shore sta-

tions. More than a thousand illustrations, including photographs and draw-

ings.

Edition limited to one thousand copies. Cloth bound $4.50. Orders filled

in order of receipt. Address the author:

MAXWELL SMITH,

Lantana, Florida

THE MANUAL OF CONCHOLOGY

The volume finished in 1935 completes the monograph

of the Pupillidae and their allies.

Issued quarterly in parts of which four form a volume.

Plain Edition, per vol., $15.00. Colored Edition, $20.00.

Department of Mollusca,

ACADEMY OF NATURAL SCIENCES,

PHILADELPHIA, PA.

The Largest and Finest Stock of Shells in Existence

Business established by Sowerby in 1861

SALE FUECHASE EXCHAXOE

Good Adult Specimens Correctly Liabelled at Moderate Prices

Our Catalogues are used by Museums and Amateurs for

Reference and as Check-Lists.

HUGH C. FULTON

(liate SOWERBY & FUIiTON)

27 Shaftesbuiy Road, London, W. 6, England

A General Index to THE NAUTILUS

This Index, begun by the late John B. Henderson, was completed by

Wm. H. Dall. Its publication has been made possible through Drs. Bryant

Walker and Geo. H. Clapp. It covers 34 volumes, and contains over 400

pages. Price $5.00. Address aU orders to

THE NAUTILUS

HOBACi; B. BAKEB, Zool. I^ab., University of Pennsylvania,

Philadelphia, Pa.

MHI. \\ 11(11 I I UK \|j^

lilH 17XB